DCS-Mirror
/
unfoldingWord_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader
unfoldingWord_en_tn/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

1564 lines
620 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters

This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Mark\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-13)\n1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee\n * Early ministry (1:14-3:6)\n * Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)\n * Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)\n1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)\n1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)\n1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)\n\n### What is the book of Mark about?\n\nThe Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel According to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Mark?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?\n\nThe people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways to other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. Jesus often taught by telling parables, stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:\n\n\n* The phrase “son of man” can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.\n\n\n* The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “Son of Man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is different than the first because God gives this Son of Man authority forever. Therefore, the title Son of Man became a title for the Messiah.\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?\n\nThe Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” 42 times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.\n\n### Sabbath/Sabbaths\n\nOften in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “Sabbaths.” This is simply for the sake of rendering the translated text as close to the original text as possible. In the UST, Sabbath is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Mark?\n\nSome verses found in older versions of the Bible are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translator’s region that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be surrounded by square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.\n* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)\n* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)\n* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)\n* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)\n\nThe following passage is not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar to the modern versions of the Bible.\n* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “You can make me clean”\n\nLeprosy is a disease of the skin. It made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### “The kingdom of God is near”\n\nScholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming or a combination of both. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 40 and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This verse introduces the reader to the history of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. Use the natural form in your language for beginning the telling of something that actually happened. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent)
MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 1 2 fc4t figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 1 2 e3by writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, it says,” or “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, he wrote,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MRK 1 2 z8b7 figs-ellipsis ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face Here, **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 1 2 fsqn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case “seeing” figuratively means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MRK 1 2 s28q figs-yousingular προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here, both of the pronouns **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 3 lkm3 writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 1 The voice of one crying out in the wilderness Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MRK 1 3 dqi9 figs-quotesinquotes φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here there is a direct quotation nested inside a direct quotation as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 1 3 cf0e figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, **a voice** figuratively refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear his voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. See the next note for alternate translations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing **paths** or **the way** that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If a person in high authority were coming, the people would make sure the roads were clear of any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MRK 1 3 yyk3 figs-extrainfo Κυρίου 1 In this quote from Isaiah, **the Lord** refers to God, but Mark is showing how it also refers to Jesus the Messiah. However, do not translate this as “Jesus” here, because this double reference must be maintained. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo)
MRK 1 3 h8rt figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν 1 The imagery of paths or **the way** is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for another person, the people make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
MRK 1 3 wltl figs-yousingular ἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, both occurrences of the word **make** are plural and are commands addressing a group of people. Use the natural forms in your language to express this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 1 4 s05n figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms done by Gentiles who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express it explicitly. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God’s forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 1 4 dtqv figs-abstractnouns καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you could express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The phrase **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 1 5 cf75 figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem Here, **the whole region** and **all the inhabitants** are generalizations that refer to a great number of people, not to every single person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 1 6 n3rk writing-background καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1 This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 1 6 j141 figs-explicit ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου 1 The camels’ hair that John wore had been made into clothing. This would have been a rough, coarse material. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John wore rough clothing woven from camel’s hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 6 h518 translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 1 6 jpzh translate-unknown ἀκρίδας 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 1 7 p7tl writing-quotations ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MRK 1 7 l7jd writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν 1 he was proclaiming The pronoun **he** is referring to John. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 1 7 bk1j figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or following behind John as a disciple of John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the baptism with the Holy Spirit, which Jesus will give. The point of the comparison is how people are made clean from sin. John baptized people to show that they wanted to be cleansed of their sin, and Jesus will enable them to be fully cleansed of sin by the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to aid the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MRK 1 8 r1j9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 it happened that in those days **And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the storyline. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 1 9 y8ea writing-pronouns ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 The phrase **those days** refers to the time period when John was preaching and baptizing people at the Jordan River. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “John was preaching and baptizing people when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
MRK 1 9 zv8t figs-go ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 1 10 stwh grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθὺς 1 The word **immediately** occurs often throughout the book of Mark. As used here, it usually means that the event it introduces occurs directly after the previous event. Use a natural form in your language for communicating this. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential)
MRK 1 10 n8sg figs-activepassive εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he saw the heavens bursting open” or “he saw that God was tearing heaven open” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
MRK 1 11 jh9m figs-personification καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 my beloved Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 1 12 mh8n εὐθὺς 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** in [Mark 1:10](../mrk/01/10.md)
MRK 1 12 yv6v τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον 1 Connecting Statement: Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness”
MRK 1 13 k2kt figs-activepassive πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “while Satan tempted him” or “during which Satan kept trying to persuade him to disobey God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων 1 he was with Alternate translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals”
MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after the governor Herod had John arrested” or “But after Herod’s soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
MRK 1 14 o4oh figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The governor Herod Antipas had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14-29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 1 14 tmh9 grammar-connect-time-background μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background)
MRK 1 14 ys3b figs-go ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 1 14 ns6b κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 proclaiming the gospel Alternate translation: “telling the people there about the good news”
MRK 1 15 fzq5 figs-idiom πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **The time has been fulfilled** is an idiom that means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Often, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has come near” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
MRK 1 15 rhom writing-quotations καὶ λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” or “and informing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MRK 1 15 quab figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “What God promised is now happening” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
MRK 1 15 yo11 ἤγγικεν 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has entered into human history and begun in a new and fuller way. Alternate translation: “has begun” or (2) will soon begin in a new and fuller way. Alternate translation: “will soon begin”
MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net into the sea The purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 1 16 xor6 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because they were fishermen, they were casting a net into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 1 17 zui3 figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come after me** is an idiom which means to become a disciple of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Join the group of my followers” or “Become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 1 17 mlc6 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you to become fishers of men **fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s message so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 17 i2sr figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 1 18 tnuc grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθέως 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 1 18 gvia grammar-connect-time-sequential ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **they followed him** means that they went with Jesus and intended to remain with him as his disciples. Make sure that you use a phrase that does not imply that they followed him with any evil intention or followed far behind him. Alternate translation: “they walked away with Jesus to learn from him”
MRK 1 19 xl2m καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets Here, **mending** refers to restoring something, usually by sewing, to make it ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant stitching, weaving, or tying it together. Alternate translation: “repairing their nets”
MRK 1 20 zjz5 figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 having called them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 1 20 f77b figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If this is not clear in your language, you can express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 they went after him The phrase, **they went away after him** means the same as “they followed him” in [1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus”
MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes The author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 1 22 e9gf grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς. 1 Here, Jesus’ teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MRK 1 22 kmxf ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue were amazed”
MRK 1 23 w7z2 figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 The person with the **unclean spirit** enters the **synagogue** while Jesus is preaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit entered the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask the rhetorical question, **What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth** in order to tell let Jesus know that they do not want him to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them alone. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask the rhetorical question **Have you come to destroy us** in order to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 1 24 qsig figs-explicit ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **us** refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 28 hrbh figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout all of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 29 ybs7 ἦλθον 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went into the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 1 30 bvvl writing-background ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 1 30 vnp5 translate-unknown πυρέσσουσα 1 A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 1 31 bzd2 figs-events ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός 1 Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, even though it happened in the opposite order. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus took her hand and helped her up out of bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
MRK 1 31 sff6 figs-metaphor ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 31 i5br figs-explicit διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 she started serving them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that she likely served them food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 32 h0y2 writing-background ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος 1 **Now when it became evening, after the sun had set** gives background information which helps the reader know the time in the day when this was occurring. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 1 32 d1i7 figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους 1 all those having sickness and those possessed by demons The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. It is not likely that every single sick person was brought to Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “a great number who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 1 33 grp2 figs-metonymy ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 the whole city was gathered together at the door The word **city** is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “many people from that city gathered outside of Simon’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 1 33 pa4f figs-hyperbole καὶ ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 The entire city did not gather at his door. This expression, **the whole city**, is used to express that a large number of people came to him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people from the city gathered at Simon’s door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 1 37 vgc7 figs-hyperbole πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Everyone is seeking you The word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize that many people were looking for Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 1 38 plm9 figs-exclusive ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 We may go elsewhere Here, Jesus uses the word **us** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 1 38 z53z figs-extrainfo εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις 1 Which towns the **surrounding towns** are is clarifed in the following passages. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 1 39 lb9t grammar-connect-time-simultaneous κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων 1 Jesus’ was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous)
MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went in all of Galilee The words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations in Galilee. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that conveys this idea. Alternate translation: “he went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 1 41 flc0 figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus felt compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 1 43 iw7t αὐτῷ 1 General Information: The word **him** used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest for inspection if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “get inspected by the priest to confirm that you are healed of the leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself Here, the word **yourself** represents the skin of the leper. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 45 z363 figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 from all sides The word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize from how very many places the people came. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)\n1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)\n1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)\n1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)\n1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Sinners”\n\nWhen the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Fasting and Feasting\n\nPeople would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nThe Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### The Historic Present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 3, 7, 14, 15, 18, 25, . If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
MRK 2 1 ir5j figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 it was heard that he is at home If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 2 1 j6pa grammar-connect-time-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ 1 The author tells us that Jesus **entered again** to remind us that he has already been in Capernaum in [1:21](../01/21.md). If it would help your readers you could make this more explicit in your language. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 2 1 afvi figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be: (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 3 s21g translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 2 4 v6ma translate-unknown ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι 1 they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered Houses in the region where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay that were covered with tiles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A **mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 having seen their faith The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 5 hzg6 translate-kinship τέκνον 1 Child The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this that would be appropriate in this context, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoning in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 2 7 yr5a figs-rquestion τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ 1 Why does this man speak this way? These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking blasphemies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man should not be speaking this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός? 1 Who is able to forgive sins except God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only **God is able to forgive sins**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 8 niy6 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit Here, **spirit** is a metonym for Jesus inner thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 2 8 h3zp figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει 1 Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’? Jesus is using the form of a question in order to teach. He wants to make the scribes and Pharisees reflect on the situation and realize something. There are many implications. For example, these religious leaders may take the question in the sense, “Which is easier to get away with saying?” The answer would be, “Your sins are forgiven,” because people don’t expect visual proof of that, whereas if someone says, “Get up and walk,” and nothing happens, that proves the speaker doesn’t have the power to heal. Jesus likely intends the question in a different sense: “Which is the easier way to deal with a situation like this?” It appears that the man’s sickness has something to do with his sins, because Jesus forgives them. In such a situation, it would not be sufficient to say, “Get up and walk,” since that would address the effect but not the cause. To say, “Your sins are forgiven,” would deal with both the cause and the effect, so that would be the easier way to deal with the situation. There are many other implications that could also be drawn out as well—too many to include in the text of a translation. Since the question form is intrinsic to Jesus’ teaching method, you may wish simply to retain it in your translation. However, to show that he is teaching, not asking for information, you could introduce his question with a phrase that indicates its purpose. Alternate translation: “Think about this. Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 9 q905 figs-quotesinquotes τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up, take his mat, and walk?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 2 10 g4jn figs-explicit εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 10 jsyp figs-123person ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “God has given me, the Son of Man, authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 2 11 f369 figs-imperative ἔγειρε ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 **get up, take up your mat, and go** were not commands that the man was able to obey with his own strength. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed and then the man was able to obey this command. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up, take up your mat, and go away to your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house”
MRK 2 12 e0xs figs-explicit ἠγέρθη, καὶ εὐθὺς ἄρας τὸν κράβαττον, ἐξῆλθεν ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 13 ma6f grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 Connecting Statement: In this verse Mark gives background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 2 13 zecn figs-go πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “going” or “went” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd was going to him” or “all the crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 2 14 sc4g translate-names Ἁλφαίου 1 Levi son of Alphaeus The word **Alphaeus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 2 14 ekv0 figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 In this context, to follow someone means to become that person’s disciple. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they were following him Alternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus”
MRK 2 15 zqcu figs-hendiadys καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
MRK 2 16 rwu1 figs-possession οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Mark is using possessive form to tell his readers that **these** scribes were members of the group known as the **Pharisees**. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners? The Pharisees and scribes are using the question form to express their disapproval. They believed that religious people should separate themselves from people whom they considered to be sinners. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not eat and drink with sinful tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need a doctor to be healed, so sinners need Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need a doctor’s help; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MRK 2 17 c62j figs-irony οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 **Those who are sick** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 2 17 lh4l figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words **I came ... to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 2 18 z394 figs-extrainfo ἔρχονται 1 they are coming The phrase **they come** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “a group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 2 18 j1h2 figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες 1 This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. If it would help your readers you can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 18 y7bm writing-background καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. Mark is telling his readers this to help them understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants the scribes and Pharisees to reflect on the actions of his disciples in light of a situation they are already familiar with. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one tells the groom’s party at a wedding to fast while the groom is still with them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 19 tiiz figs-extrainfo μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 2 19 wetb figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος 1 The expression **sons of** is a Hebrew idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “The groom’s party” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom may be taken away If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 2 20 y79o grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 Here, the word **then** shows the reader that the bridegroom must first leave, and then the friends will begin fasting. Make sure this is clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 No one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 21 vdza figs-parables οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 1 This verse is a parable, as well as verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 2 22 fk15 figs-explicit ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins The word **wineskins** refers to bags that were made out of animal skins. Wine was stored in these bags made out of animal skins. If they were old and used, and someone put new wine in them, they would tear. This would happen because wine expands as it sits for a long time and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 2 22 dgcz figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “but you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 23 k3pa figs-explicit τοὺς στάχυας 1 the heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “the heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing and it in your translation in place of the word **grain**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 24 h41a figs-rquestion ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν 1 Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths? The Pharisees are not asking Jesus for information, but rather they are using the question form here to make a statement and emphatically condemn him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the sabbaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 24 ec3u figs-explicit τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν 1 The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. If it would help your readers you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 24 bf8w figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Look Here, **Look** is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MRK 2 25 g8sf figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did Jesus refers to reading about what David did as recorded in the Old Testament. If it would help your readers you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 25 cjzx figs-doublet ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν 1 The phrase **had need** and the word **hungry** are both expressing the same idea. If your readers would not understand this, you can combine these two expressions in your translation. Alternate translation: “when he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 2 26 y57j figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence The phrase **the bread of the presence** refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would help your readers you could indicate this in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 26 wz3g figs-metaphor εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for man With the passive phrase **The sabbath was made for man** Jesus explains why God established the Sabbath. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 2 27 u83s figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον…ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 man Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 2 27 v3mb figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον…ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 The word **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person, but to mankind as a whole. Alternate translation: “people … people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not man for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here if it would help your readers. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the sabbath” or “God did not make man for the sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 2 28 wgwu ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
MRK 2 28 kq1c figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 2 28 pwb5 ὥστε Κύριός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”
MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Brothers and Sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Historic Present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
MRK 3 1 bm6z writing-newevent καὶ εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς συναγωγήν, καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα 1 Mark uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 3 1 rn8y writing-participants καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MRK 3 1 ye6d translate-unknown ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” or “his hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him The Pharisees wanted Jesus to heal the man so that they could **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. You might also want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
MRK 3 3 nm6w figs-explicit ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst Here, **midst** is referring to the group of people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life, or to kill The phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may clarify and add it again to the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or is it lawful to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 3 4 nut4 figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 a life The phrase **a life** refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 3 5 n4ep figs-metaphor τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 The phrase **hardness of heart** is a common metaphor which describes stubbornness towards God’s will. The Pharisees were stubborn about their unwillingness to do anything on the Sabbath — whether good or evil. They therefore leave this man to suffer with his crippled hand. If your readers would not understand what it means to have **hardness of heart** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by their stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 3 5 c3qe figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ 1 his hand was restored If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 3 6 nvk1 figs-explicit τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 8 bi1b τῆς Ἰδουμαίας 1 Idumea This is the region, previously known as Edom, which covered the southern half of the province of Judea.
MRK 3 8 mm5v figs-explicit ὅσα ἐποίει 1 how much he was doing This refers to the miracles Jesus was performing. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great miracles that Jesus had performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 9 zu5e figs-explicit εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν 1 he said to his disciples that a small boat should be waiting for him because of the crowd, so that they would not press against him As the large **crowd** was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was because there were so many people. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 10 e86s grammar-connect-logic-result πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 For he healed many, so that as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 3 10 ge71 figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 10 qyyv figs-metaphor ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ…ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 To **press against** someone means to come very close to someone so as to make physical contact with them. Usually this has to do with crowds surrounding someone. If this would be misunderstood, think of a way in your language in which this could be expressed. Alternate translation: “so all the people who had diseases closely surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα 1 they were falling down before him and crying out, saying Here, **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. See how you translated this title in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 3 13 fatx figs-idiom ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 1 **he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus traveled to the mountainous regions. If this would be misunderstood, you may state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 3 16 ywli translate-textvariants καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
MRK 3 16 ozli figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Mark is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 3 16 rj1c translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, with **the Twelve**, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 3 16 i7tf translate-names καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 To Simon, also he added the name Peter **Simon** is the first man listed. All of the names listed in [3:17-19](../03/17.md) are also names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 3 16 bt0f figs-explicit ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 In ancient times, people changed their names to show that they are changing something about them. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers and to describe something about him that is important. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 17 n4gy figs-metaphor ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 3 19 r3zs writing-background ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed him Mark adds the phrase **who also betrayed him** to tell the reader that **Judas Iscariot** stood out from the rest of the Apostles, in that he later would betray the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 3 20 jxr5 καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον 1 And he is entering into a house This is likely the same house which was mentioned previously. See note on [2:1](../02/01.md).
MRK 3 20 rq6k figs-synecdoche μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 they are not able even to eat bread The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 3 21 uyl8 ἔλεγον γὰρ 1 for they said Here, **they** could refer to: (1) his relatives. (2) some people in the crowd.
MRK 3 21 mf5q figs-idiom ἐξέστη 1 He is out of his mind The phrase **out of his mind** is an idiom that refers to acting crazy. If your readers would not understand this use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 3 23 q8f3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? 1 How is Satan able to cast out Satan? Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he **cast out** demons by Beelzebul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 3 23 xb13 figs-synecdoche Σατανᾶν 1 The name **Satan** is used here to refer to Satan’s “kingdom”, and not just him. If a reader would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “his own power” or “his own evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 3 24 j5sv figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη 1 Jesus uses this parable to show why scribes are wrong to think Jesus is controlled by Satan. He is saying that if a group of people are not united, they will not be able to successfully exist together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 3 24 b4z4 figs-synecdoche ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 if a kingdom might have been divided against itself The word **kingdom** refers to the people who live in the **kingdom**. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 3 24 k3bz figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 is not able to stand This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: “will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 3 24 h7hr figs-litotes οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 is not able to stand If it would help your readers you can state this phrase in positive form. Alternate translation: “will fall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 3 25 zcr1 figs-metonymy οἰκία 1 a house The phrase **a house** is a metonym for the people who live in **a house**. Alternate translation: “a family” or “a household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 3 25 dm6j figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι 1 This is another parable which shows the religious leaders why they are wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 3 25 dlev figs-parallelism καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι 1 This parable is identical to the previous one. If the repetition would confuse readers, you can use one or the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 3 26 w7na figs-rpronouns εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 if Satan rose up against himself and was divided The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 3 26 vif7 figs-parallelism καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει 1 While this parable is similar to the previous two, it would be good to keep it, as the parable refers back to the original problem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 3 26 df2f figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει 1 he is not able to stand, but he has an end This is a metaphor meaning Satan will fall and not endure. Alternate translation: “he will cease to be united and will be finished” or “he cannot endure and has come to an end” or “he will fall and come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 3 27 mvr6 figs-parables ἀλλ’ οὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ; καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 1 he will plunder This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 3 27 x9lk figs-genericnoun οὐδεὶς 1 This does not refer to a specific person, but to people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 3 28 f6fq ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and/or importance of a statement in this context. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” or “I can assure you”
MRK 3 28 p6sz figs-idiom τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 of the sons of men Here, the phrase **sons of men** is an idiom which refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “of people” or “of mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 3 28 gp6g figs-gendernotations τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the terms **sons** and **men** are masculine, Jesus is using these words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” or “of mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 3 29 ips3 figs-genericnoun ὃς δ’ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ 1 **Whoever** here does not refer to anyone, but is a generic word for a person. Alternate translation: “but the person who blasphemes” or “but whichever person might have blasphemed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 3 30 sfa2 figs-idiom πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει 1 He has an unclean spirit This is an idiom that means to be possessed by **an unclean spirit**. If your readers would not understand this you can use an equivalent expression or state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “an unclean spirit is controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 3 31 gef8 καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Then his mother and his brothers come Alternate translation: “Then Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived”
MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who are my mother and my brothers? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that he considers those who follow God to be his beloved These are people who belong to his spiritual family. He has not forgotten who his family members are. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who I consider to be my mother and brothers” or “I will tell you who I love as a mother or brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 3 33 iu9r translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Jesus is using the words **mother** and **brothers** here not referring to biological relatives, but to those whom he loves and whom obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MRK 3 35 dr45 figs-genericnoun ὃς…ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 whoever may do … this is **whoever** does not refer to any specific person, but to any person who does **the will of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whichever person may do the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 this is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
MRK 4 1 i95e grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 the sea Jesus **stepped into a boat** because the crowd was so big that it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat so the crowd could hear his teaching” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 4 2 h2a9 writing-background καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is in the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 4 3 vqh3 figs-parables ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι 1 Listen! Behold, the sower Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear Jesus’ teaching by telling them a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story! Behold, a sower went out to sow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 4 3 gmdi figs-imperative ἀκούετε 1 The word **Listen** is an imperative which Jesus uses to get his listeners to listen carefully to what he is about to say. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Listen to what I am about to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MRK 4 4 si37 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 as he sowed, some fell beside the road Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on the path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell unprotected from animals onto the path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 4 5 wuw2 figs-ellipsis καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες 1 In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 4 6 z2el figs-idiom ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος 1 **the sun rose** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If your readers would misunderstand this, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 it was scorched If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν 1 choked it … it did not produce See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md)
MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but that can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 4 9 qxy4 figs-123person ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 4 10 u2nj figs-explicit ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας 1 when he was alone The phrase **he was alone** does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve disciples and some of his other close followers. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 4 10 kqcz figs-nominaladj τοῖς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 To you has been given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have given you the mystery of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 11 q2az figs-explicit ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω 1 to those who are outside **to those who are outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ group of disciples. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they may look, but may not see Here, **but may not see** is a metaphor for being spiritually blind and not understanding the significance of what Jesus is doing. If your readers would not understand what it means to “not see” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “so that looking, they may not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 12 e33y figs-quotesinquotes ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν 1 Mark is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 so that they would not turn Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state it in plain language. Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 13 fs1v figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε? 1 Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables? Jesus used **Do you not understand this parable?** and **how will you understand all the parables?** to show how disappointed he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all of the other parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 14 m72p figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one sowing the seed represents a person who proclaims God’s message to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 14 rp6h figs-explicit τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 sows the word Here, **the word** means the message which Jesus was proclaiming. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sowed the message which Jesus was proclaiming” or “sowed the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 4 14 xdaj figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 sows the word Here, sowing the message refers to teaching it. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The one who teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 15 p68u figs-metaphor οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Some people represent the instance when the seeds fell along the path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 15 gcuh figs-genericnoun οὗτοι 1 The word **these** is a generic noun for people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 4 16 ty3q figs-metaphor καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν ὁμοίως οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι 1 These are the ones If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 16 d7ep figs-genericnoun οὗτοί 1 See the note on **these** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 4 16 gdq7 figs-activepassive οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones which the sower sowed on the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 17 p5fr figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 They have no root in themselves This is a comparison to young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. If your readers would not understand what **they have no root in themselves** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they did not fully grasp the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 17 s5mh figs-hyperbole οὐκ…ῥίζαν 1 no root **They have no root in themselves** is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 4 17 t21w figs-idiom σκανδαλίζονται 1 they are caused to stumble **to stumble** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they stop believing in God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 4 18 uu9b figs-metaphor ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι 1 others are the ones sown among the thorns If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed into the thorny plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 18 wlab figs-genericnoun ἄλλοι 1 See note about **others** on [4:15](../04/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 4 19 wa3k αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 the cares of this age Alternate translation: “the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
MRK 4 19 s7s7 figs-metaphor εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον 1 entering in choke the word Jesus uses the metaphor **choke** to depict what these peoples’ desires do to them. Similarly to how a thorny plant chokes a baby plant, worldly desire chokes faith. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “did not allow the faith to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 19 f4ip figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful Here, **unfruitful** is a metaphor used to depict whether a person produces good works or not. In the Bible a person who produces good works is spoken of as “fruitful” and a person who does not produce good works is spoken of as “unfruitful.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works showing that they follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 20 axh1 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες 1 these are the ones sown in the good soil If your readers would not understand what this metaphor means, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “those people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 20 d3r7 figs-ellipsis ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 4 20 tdwj translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 If it would help your readers you can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 4 21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd” or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them”
MRK 4 21 nn7e figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 21 dkq7 figs-rquestion ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην 1 Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases as modeled by the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 4 22 y5kn figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure If your readers would misunderstand this you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 4 22 kc6k figs-parallelism οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened **there is nothing that is hidden … and there is nothing that is secret** Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Nothing is hidden that will not be revealed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 4 23 k1a8 εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear See how you translated this in [4:09](../04/09.md)
MRK 4 24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them See how you translated this phrase in [4:21](../04/21.md)
MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 In that measure you use This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 26 n1mq figs-parables οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Jesus tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 4 26 r5n7 figs-simile ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 As a man who may throw his seed Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a man who **may throw his seed**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God grows like when a man throws seed on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 4 26 htar figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person, but people who scatter seed in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As people who scatter seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 4 28 cew8 grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον χόρτον, εἶτα στάχυν, εἶτα πλήρης σῖτον ἐν τῷ στάχυϊ 1 the ear These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends forth the sickle Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. If it would help your readers you can indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 4 29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 sickle A **sickle** is a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If this would be misunderstood, use a tool in your language that is used to do this job.
MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here, the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 4 30 ivk2 figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it? Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 31 w4l5 figs-activepassive ὅταν σπαρῇ 1 when it may have been sown If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MRK 4 33 y7i2 writing-endofstory καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1t This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
MRK 4 34 oo4t figs-litotes χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 Mark uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he was explaining everything Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 4 38 b4xb figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα 1 do you not care that we are perishing? The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 38 phc3 Διδάσκαλε 1 **Teacher** is a respectful title. If it would help your readers you could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 Be silent! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted **the wind** and **the sea** to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ 1 Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Talitha, koum”\n\nThe words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 19, 22, 23, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
MRK 5 1 fix1 writing-newevent καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 Connecting Statement: This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Gerasenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 5 1 gt8a figs-go ἦλθον 1 They came Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. If your readers would not understand this idiom you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 5 4 nsol translate-unknown διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 5 4 fk7t translate-unknown πέδαις 1 shackles **shackles** are pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners. The shackles are then attached with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move. Think of an object in your culture that is used to constrain people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 5 6 y6c2 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ 1 And seeing Jesus from a distance After **having seen Jesus** the man then ran to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After the man saw Jesus from a distance, he then ran to him and bowed down before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 5 7 ux6u figs-events 0 General Information: If it would help your readers the information in this verse and 5:8 may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
MRK 5 7 ppu5 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου? 1 What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 5 7 kd19 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 5 9 h6ch figs-exclusive λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 1 he says to him, “My name is Legion, for we are many.” The spirit who is speaking is speaking on behalf of all of the spirits who are possessing the man. **we** here includes him and all of the other spirits. Make sure that this is understood in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 5 9 oa64 translate-names Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν 1 A **legion** is the name of a large group of Roman soldiers. The unclean spirit uses this name to tell Jesus that they **are many**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “My name is Legion. This is our name because there are many of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 5 10 gtq4 writing-background καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὰ ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας 1 Mark inserts this verse and the following verse to give important information about what Jesus does with the spirits. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 5 13 iff6 figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς 1 he permitted them It may be helpful to your readers to state clearly what Jesus allowed the **unclean spirits** to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 5 13 a28z translate-numbers ὡς δισχίλιοι 1 about 2,000 Alternate translation: “about two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 5 13 ntl1 figs-go ἐξελθόντα 1 Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 5 15 qih4 τὸν λεγεῶνα 1 the Legion This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md).
MRK 5 15 fb4b figs-idiom σωφρονοῦντα 1 being in his right mind This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “being of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 5 18 pup5 figs-quotations ἵνα μετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 5 19 e21m figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 1 But he did not permit him Jesus was not allowing the man to get into the boat and be with him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with him in the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 5 20 g8ed translate-names τῇ Δεκαπόλει 1 the Decapolis This is the name of a region that means “Ten Cities.” It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 5 20 y8vn figs-ellipsis πάντες ἐθαύμαζον 1 everyone was marvelling It may be helpful to state who the people were that were **marveling**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 5 22 v1dm translate-names Ἰάειρος 1 Jairus The word **Jairus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 5 22 u1rx figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 5 23 jd27 figs-idiom ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας 1 you may lay your hands **lay your hands** often refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand or hands on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you might heal her” or “you might lay your hands on her to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 5 23 kzz8 figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῇ 1 in order that she may be healed and she may live If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that you might heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 5 25 e2cz writing-participants καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα 1 And a woman, being This phrase introduces the woman as a new character in the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language and use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MRK 5 25 h58w figs-euphemism ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη 1 with a flow of blood for 12 years The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 5 25 idh9 translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 for 12 years Alternate translation: “for twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 5 27 z2hg figs-explicit τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the things about Jesus She had heard reports about how Jesus healed people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Jesus had healed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 5 28 alc9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ 1 This verse tells the reader that the woman had determined to **touch his clothes** in her mind before she actually touched Jesus’ cloak. Think of a way in your language which makes it apparent that this is the reason why she touches Jesus’ cloak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 5 28 wge2 figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 I will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 5 29 c1vz figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 she had been healed from the disease If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 5 30 ma2b figs-explicit τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 his power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his power went out from him and healed someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 5 33 r3a0 figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both the words **fear** and **trembling** are similar words which are used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these two words into one expression. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 5 34 gbk8 translate-kinship θυγάτηρ 1 Daughter Jesus was using the term **Daughter** figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? The rhetorical question **Why trouble the teacher any longer** is a statement used to express that they should not bother Jesus anymore. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer!” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 5 35 vqt0 figs-infostructure ἡ θυγάτηρ σου ἀπέθανεν; τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 The statement **Your daughter died** explains why he asks the question here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Why trouble the teacher any longer? For your daughter died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
MRK 5 39 a3ih figs-rquestion τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε 1 Why are you upset and weeping? Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 5 39 dzrk figs-ellipsis τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The words **The child** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The child is not dead, but the child is sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 5 39 g83c figs-euphemism τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child has not died, but is sleeping **sleep** here refers to death. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child is not permanently dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 Talitha, koum! This is an Aramaic phrase which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was 12 years of age Alternate translation: “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 5 42 m49c figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help his readers understand how **the little girl** immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 and he told them to give her something to eat If it would help your readers you can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Anointed with oil”<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Historic Present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
MRK 6 1 mi7z writing-newevent καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, Jesus and his disciples went out from there to his hometown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 6 1 lpci figs-go ἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** or “went” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 6 2 y4xj figs-activepassive τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus asked all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 6 3 hx1m figs-litany οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus asked all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
MRK 6 3 tlub translate-names Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος 1 James … Joses … Judas … Simon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 6 3 d2g7 figs-synecdoche ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 6 4 y2oa figs-litany ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus lists **hometown**, **relatives**, and **house** to emphasize that prophets are often never welcome where they are most well known. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things like Jesus does here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
MRK 6 4 mutm τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν 1 **relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a natural way in your language to express this.
MRK 6 4 mgbp figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the phrase **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 6 7 d6sx translate-numbers δύο δύο 1 two by two Alternate translation: “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 6 7 ldbv figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:15](../03/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 6 8 k5hl figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον 1 Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “they should only bring a staff on their journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here, **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 6 11 b2kb translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 as a testimony against them **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could use it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction)
MRK 6 14 ly7z figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But others were saying, “He is Elijah.” It may be helpful to your readers to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 15 n8sq figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here, Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. If it would help your readers you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison If it would help your readers you can state clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 17 ojtd grammar-connect-time-background γὰρ 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the wife of his brother Philip The word **Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 6 18 e2ex grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy Ἡρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 was wanting to kill him, but she was not able **Herodias** is a metonym, as she wants someone else to execute John for her. If your readers would not understand this you can state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “Herodias … wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 6 20 k13z figs-doublet εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον 1 The word **righteous** and the word **holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a very righteous man. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “because he knew that he was a very righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 6 21 m54q figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials Here, **Herod** is a metonym for his servants whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. If your readers would not understand this you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 6 22 a1d7 εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself There are a few possible understandings of the phrase **his daughter Herodias having entered**. This could: (1) be speaking about the daughter of Herodias emphatically. Alternate translation: “Herodias’ daughter herself came in” or (2) be saying that Herod’s daughter’s name was Herodias. Alternate translation: “And Herodias his daughter came in”
MRK 6 25 caz0 εὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς 1 **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** all communicate a sense of urgency. Make sure that this comes across in your language.
MRK 6 25 ap2w figs-euphemism δῷς μοι 1 a platter Herodias is telling her daughter that she wants King Herod to cut off John the Baptizer’s head. Here, the word **give** is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “you cut off John’s head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 6 26 c1gn figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 because of his oath and those reclining at table with him If it would help your readers you can state clearly the content of the **oaths**, and the relationship between the **oaths** and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oaths that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 they were like sheep not having a shepherd Jesus compares the people to **sheep** who are confused when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “they were confused because they did not have someone to lead them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης 1 And the hour already having become late This phrase means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when it was getting late” or “late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος 1 This place is desolate The phrase **This place is desolate** means that there were no people or very few people in that place. See how you translated the similar phrase in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
MRK 6 37 cts5 figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat? The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 6 37 wowk figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 The disciples are using a hypothetical situation to express how expensive it would be to buy enough food for all of the people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we had 200 denarii. Even that amount of money would not be sufficient to buy enough food from the market to feed all of these people” or “Suppose we go out to the market, how could we afford to spend 200 denarii on food to feed all of these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii The singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. Alternate translation: “200 days’ wages worth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MRK 6 37 c65w translate-numbers δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii Alternate translation: “two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 6 39 xgb6 translate-unknown τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 the green grass Describe the **grass** with the word used in your language to describe healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 6 40 e4cb figs-explicit πρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα 1 by group according to hundreds and according to fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. If your readers would not understand this you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 41 l8q3 figs-explicit ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven The phrase **having looked up to heaven** means that Jesus **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 12 baskets Alternate translation: “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 6 44 v4m3 translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 5,000 men Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 6 44 deov writing-background καὶ ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand how many people they fed. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida **Bethsaida** is the name of a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 6 48 g7ka translate-unknown τετάρτην φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς 1 the fourth watch The term **the fourth watch of the night** refers to the time between 3 AM and sunrise. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ εἰμι; μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! The phrases **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning. Jesus uses both phrases in order to emphasize to his disciples that they do not need to be afraid. These two phrases can be combined into one phrase if it would help your readers. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid. It is me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if **their heart had been hardened**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternately, you could use plain language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “they were stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret **Gennesaret** is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout … they were hearing Both occurrences of the word **they** in this verse refer to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick The phrase **the sick** refers to sick people. If your readers would not understand this you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 6 56 bqzf figs-litany εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hand washing<br><br>The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Ephphatha”<br><br>This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Historic Present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 18, 32, 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
MRK 7 1 b9ul writing-newevent καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων 1d are gathering around him This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, some Pharisees and some men who teach the Jewish laws who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 7 2 wd6i figs-extrainfo 0 General Information: The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 7 3 mj6u writing-background γὰρ 1 of the elders This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus’ disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 7 3 x0b6 figs-explicit κρατοῦντες τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 **The traditions of the elders** were teachings that were handed down from generation to generation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “observing strictly the teachings which past generations had taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 4 wsb8 writing-background χαλκίων 1 copper vessels See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 7 4 d3qc figs-explicit ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων 1 **cups…pots…copper vessels** would have been used for consuming food and drinks. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cups, pots, and copper vessels for eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-metaphor διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? The phrase **walk according to** is a figurative way saying “obey.” If your readers would not understand what **walk** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Why do your disciples not obey what the elders have taught us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 7 5 ugom grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **but** is used here to contrast what the Pharisees thought Jesus’ disciples should be doing, with what they were actually doing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MRK 7 5 j7ht figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread Here, **bread** is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 7 6 oavh figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor him with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ…καρδία αὐτῶν 1 but their heart is far from me The word **heart** is a metonym for inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 6 xtab figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me The expression **their heart is far from me** is a figurative way of saying that the people are not truly devoted to God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” or “but they are not truly devoted to me” or “but they are not really committed to honoring me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 7 8 hnw4 figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε 1 you hold fast to Here, to **hold fast** means to obey something without ceasing. If your readers would not understand what **hold fast** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! Jesus says **You do well at rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition** to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 7 10 d4sd figs-quotesinquotes Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 The one speaking evil of his father If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 7 11 ev2r grammar-connect-time-background ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 that is, a gift The author says **that is a gift** to provide background information to his audience who may not have understood this word. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “this word means a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “All of you, take head to what I am about to say to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-explicit οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If your readers would not understand this, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person could eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-metonymy τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 the things that come out from the man By using the phrase **the things that come out from the man** Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 17 l7d7 writing-endofstory καὶ ὅτε 1 And Here, the phrase **and when** is being used as a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also thus without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 7 18 yqve figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι 1 See the note in [7:15](../07/15.md) regarding the similar expression. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here, Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 19 hm98 writing-background καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 making all foods clean The phrase **making all foods clean** explains to the reader the significance of Jesus’ saying. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 7 20 r12p figs-metonymy τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον 1 he was saying **What is coming out from the man** means the thoughts and intentions of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “It is the thoughts and desires of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 21 chkk figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 21 eey1 figs-litany πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι 1 Mark lists out a number of sins here and in the next verse. Use a natural form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
MRK 7 24 k9bl writing-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν, οὐδένα ἤθελεν γνῶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη λαθεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: The phrase **and having entered into a house, he was wanting no one to know it, but he was not able to hide** provides background information to what Jesus was thinking as he travelled to this area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Having entered someones house, he was hoping to not be found, but he was unable to hide from the people of that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει 1 But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent This sentence gives us background information about the woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 7 26 e39y translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 a Syrophoenician The phrase **a Syrophoenician** explains the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs Here, Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. This is not a derogatory remark, but he is talking in terms of whether they are Israelites or not. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first eat. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like household pets compared to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 Permit the children first to be fed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 7 27 k2wb figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 7 29 sa9t figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 go Jesus was implying that the woman no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. If it would help your readers you can clarify this if it would help your readers. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 29 sbqp figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 **The demon** left the **daughter** because Jesus commanded it too. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have commanded the demon to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 31 cxa8 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 of the Decapolis This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 7 32 jlj4 figs-explicit παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 they beg him that he would lay his hand on him Prophets and teachers would put their **hands on** people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 33 ld3f figs-explicit πτύσας 1 having spit Here, Jesus **spit** on his fingers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 34 lbw4 translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 Ephphatha **Ephphatha** is an Aramaic word. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded and then he told what it meant, **Be opened**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 7 35 yg15 figs-idiom ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 his ears were opened The phrase **his ears were opened** means that the man was enabled to hear. Alternate translation: “his ears were opened and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 the band of his tongue was released The phrase **his tongue was released** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 7 35 gssm figs-idiom ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 **the band of his tongue was released** means he was able to speak. Alternate translation: “his tongue was free and he was able to speak” or “he was able to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them This refers to Jesus ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf … the mute The phrase **the deaf** and the phrase **the mute** both refer to classes of people. If it would help your readers you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nWhen Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.\n\nYeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Adulterous generation”\n\nWhen Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29 and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples [Mark 8:17-21](./17.md) and scolding the people [Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” [Mark 8:35-37](../08/35.md)
MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days The phrase **In those days** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events in the story that Mark has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 8 1 sgv6 figs-extrainfo μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains following this why the crowd did not have anything to eat. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 8 3 u3mu grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they will faint Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to bring to the disciples attention the dangers of making the people return home without eating. Alternate translation: “If I should send them to their houses hungry, some of them might collapse on the way home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MRK 8 4 jdk2 figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? 1 From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place? The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food for the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 6 x2jr figs-quotations παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 he commands the crowd to recline on the ground If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **to recline on the ground** as a direct quotation as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 8 7 bio6 figs-quotations εἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **to recline on the ground** as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the disciples, ‘Serve these fish also’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 an abundance of broken pieces—seven baskets This refers to the **broken pieces** of bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 9 m81z writing-background ἦσαν δὲ ὡς τετρακισχίλιοι 1 and he sent them away Mark includes the phrase **Now there were about 4,000** to help his reader to know how many people are there. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “There were approximately 4000 people that Jesus fed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 8 10 qnt3 writing-endofstory καὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 **And immediately, having gotten into the boat with his disciples** is a comment concluding the story of Jesus feeding the 4,000 people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 he went into the region of Dalmanutha They got to Dalmanutha in a boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 of Dalmanutha **Dalmanutha** is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven Here, **heaven** refers to where God dwells and is an indirect way of referring to “God” himself. If your readers would not understand the use of the word **heaven** in this context, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 having sighed deeply in his spirit The phrase **sighed deeply in his spirit** means that Jesus groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated the word “sighed” in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
MRK 8 12 s8xl figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit The phrase **in his spirit** means “within himself” or “to himself.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 12 l335 figs-synecdoche τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον 1 Why does this generation seek for When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time who were not following God. He was not speaking of every single person alive. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον 1 if a sign will be given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 8 12 q4wh figs-idiom εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον 1 The phrase **if a sign will be given to this generation** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 8 13 i2se writing-pronouns ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 having left them, having boarded a boat again Jesus’ was not the only one who left, but his disciples were with him also. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left them and got into the boat again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side The phrase **to the other side** is referring to **the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 14 gtg6 grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 1 except for one loaf If it would appear in your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples only brought one loaf of bread onto the boat with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 Keep watch! Be on guard The phrase **Keep watch** and the phrase **Be on guard** both have a very similar meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” or “Make sure you keep watch” or “Be sure to guard yourselves against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 8 15 nszl figs-extrainfo βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**. When yeast is put into bread, it affects the entire batch of bread which is made. You should not explain this when you translate it, for the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 they have no bread The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not enough for all of them. Alternate translation: “they have very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε 1 Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread? Here, Jesus is not seeking information from the disciples but rather is rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? The phrase ••Do you not yet perceive•• and the phrase ••nor understand•• have the same meaning. Jesus uses these phrases together here to emphasize the fact that they do not understand. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 8 17 wf6j figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? Here, Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples but rather is using the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Have you become resistant to understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 17 rq8c figs-metaphor πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 8 17 mihv figs-rquestion πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here, Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples but rather is using the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember? Jesus continues to rebuke his disciples by asking them questions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember the things that I have said and done.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 18 qt58 figs-idiom ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 The phrases **do you not see** and **do you not hear** are both idioms meaning that the disciples did not understand. They heard and saw everything Jesus did, but they did not understand what it meant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do you not understand the things which I have said and done the whole time you have been with me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 8 19 t7ig translate-numbers τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the 5,000 Alternate translation: “the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 8 20 lip5 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the 4,000 Alternate translation: “the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? 1 How do you not yet understand? Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples but rather is using the question form to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he has done in front of their eyes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 22 c92c figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 8 22 mj78 figs-explicit ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Jesus and his disciples traveled to Bethsaida in a boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they came to Bethsaida in a boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 22 mul4 translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida **Bethsaida** is the name of a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 8 22 mx9q figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 that he would touch him They wanted Jesus to touch the man in order to heal him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 24 r6tk figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 I see men who look like walking trees The man sees people **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him. To the man, people just look like tall figures, so he compares them to **trees**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη 1 and he looked intently and was restored The phrase **was restored** can be written is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus restored the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 8 27 e4l3 figs-go ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώμας 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples came out into the villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 other … others The two occurrences of **others** in this verse both refers to “other people.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 8 30 rgy8 figs-quotations ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **they might tell no one about him** as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 8 31 d4dc τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
MRK 8 31 m32p figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι 1 to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three days If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 8 31 gjg2 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι 1 The events of this verse progress in chronological order. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “first, and for the elders and the chief priests and the scribes to reject me. Then, people will kill me. But after that, on the third day, I will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 8 31 h9t2 figs-123person δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν 1 By referring to himself as **the Son of Man** Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If this would be confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “it was necessary that he, the Son of Man, should suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 8 33 nu32 figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ 1 Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind By saying ••Get behind me, Satan** Jesus could mean: (1) that Satan is directly influencing Peter to think and act the way he is. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do, which is the very thing that Satan also tried to do. If your readers would not understand what this means, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 8 33 r9gy grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Get behind me In this verse Jesus is saying that Peter is acting in a way that he ought not act. Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast between setting one’s mind (thoughts) on the things of God and between setting one’s mind (thoughts) on the things of men. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MRK 8 33 clxo figs-idiom οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 To **set your mind** on something means to think about it. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you are not thinking about what God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 8 33 t6jv figs-ellipsis οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus leaves some words out in the phrase **on the things of men** that would be needed in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you are not thinking about what God desires, but you are thinking about what man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 8 33 tn0t figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. Alternate translation: “of humans” or “of people” or “that humans think about” or “that people think about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follow after me To **follow** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross here represents suffering and death because you follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-hypo εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to show the seriousness of being his follower. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MRK 8 35 d5rj figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 8 35 a6g3 figs-explicit ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 soul The first time the word life occurs in each phrase, it means life before a person dies, that is, earthly life. The second occurrence of life in each phrase means life after death, that is, everlasting life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For whoever desires to save his earthly life will not have everlasting life with God after he dies. Whoever loses his earthly life for my sake, and for the sake of the good news, will have everlasting life with God after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 35 nn0a figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? Jesus asks this question to emphasize that If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 36 mxuj figs-rquestion ἄνθρωπον 1 Mark is using the phrase **a man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The phrase **the whole world** is an exaggeration, meaning that the person might gain great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul? Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 8 38 ov1d figs-synecdoche τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 See how you translated **this generation** in [8:12](../08/12.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 8 38 s5tm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 8 38 hvx0 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)).
MRK 9 1 q4b6 writing-pronouns ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you can state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 1 ad4e ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 9 1 xm40 figs-yousingular ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Here, the word **you** is plural, in the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, and refers to everyone that Jesus is speaking to. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 9 1 kg4x figs-idiom οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If your readers would not understand this idiom you can use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 9 1 qloy figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 1 ymou figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 1 yjf6 figs-explicit τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 the kingdom of God come with power The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would help your readers understand the meaning you can state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2-10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 2 uf5f figs-rpronouns κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους 1 by themselves, alone Mark uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 9 2 krt6 translate-unknown μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured before them The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 9 2 b3bb figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 3 gp48 translate-unknown οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι 1 as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth and would clean and bleach cloth. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of the word **launderer**, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 9 4 f2d6 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 Elijah with Moses appeared The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 4 j83a translate-names Μωϋσεῖ 1 The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 4 r3uu writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 4 pj3i writing-pronouns ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking with Here, the word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 4 sh7s figs-activepassive καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **were seen** with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they saw Elijah and Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 4 y9r3 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 5 w6vs writing-participants ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 answering, Peter says to Jesus Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 9 5 k3y1 translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 shelters **Shelters** are simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 9 5 ou1t translate-names Μωϋσεῖ 1 The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 5 u7di translate-names Ἠλείᾳ 1 The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
MRK 9 7 e3id ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς 1 came, overshadowing them Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them”
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-personification ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 a voice came from the cloud Mark speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
MRK 9 7 ybu6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Here, the word **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 9 7 lg0e figs-yousingular ἀκούετε 1 **Listen** is a command or instruction to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 9 8 hq73 writing-pronouns οὐκέτι…εἶδον 1 they no longer saw Here, **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 9 q2qv writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 9 pdmm writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 9 w1nf writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter and James and John. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 9 wter διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen”
MRK 9 9 t07p ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
MRK 9 9 zttm figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “he, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 would rise from the dead Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 10 edv3 καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, Mark is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “And they kept the matter to themselves”
MRK 9 10 wfu9 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise from the dead See how you translated the phrase “rise from the dead” in [9:10](../09/10.md).
MRK 9 11 s9zn writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 they were questioning him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 11 je29 writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 11 wgsr translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 12 o8hf writing-pronouns ἔφη 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 12 s3q3 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? 1 And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised? Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 9 12 xazj figs-explicit ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 Here, it is implied that those who would despise the **Sone of Man** would be people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “would be despised by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 12 toik figs-activepassive καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning behind the phrase **been written** with an active form as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 12 i3j7 figs-activepassive ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 would be despised If it would be more natural in your language, you can state the phrase **would be despised** in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 13 k3kj figs-explicit ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον 1 they did whatever they wanted to him If it would help your readers, consider stating explicitly what the Jewish people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 14 n8fd ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 having come to the disciples Alternate translation: “When Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain”
MRK 9 14 qsp3 writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς…αὐτούς 1 Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refer to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus and Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 15 qhc3 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν 1 All three occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse, refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers you can clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 16 w679 writing-pronouns καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crowd” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 17 a2j6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
MRK 9 18 h98h ξηραίνεται 1 he becomes rigid Alternate translation: “his body becomes rigid”
MRK 9 18 zre6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 they could not The phrase **the were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being able to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 19 tb67 figs-extrainfo ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει 1 answering them, he says Here, the pronoun **them** is plural so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly who **them** refers to. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 9 19 azc9 figs-abstractnouns ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 You unbelieving generation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 19 nbw0 figs-metonymy ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history and specifically to refer to all the people who were present with him. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
MRK 9 19 c88a figs-rquestion ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with their unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 9 19 n4dq figs-parallelism ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long will I have to be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 9 19 b7u5 ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 will I bear with you Alternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you”
MRK 9 19 nrya figs-yousingular φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 9 20 bw3l πνεῦμα 1 the spirit See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md).
MRK 9 20 l4r5 writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 threw him into a convulsion In this verse the first and fourth occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son” who was possessed by a mute spirit and mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 20 vdj4 writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer Jesus. If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 21 f5zm καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν 1 From childhood Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boy’s father, ‘How long of a time has this been happening to him?’ And the father said, ‘This has been happening to him since childhood’”
MRK 9 22 f5yu figs-infostructure βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 having had compassion In the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first. The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
MRK 9 22 fbup figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 23 vh6c εἰ δύνῃ? 1 ‘If you are able’? The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more natural in your language you can express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’”
MRK 9 23 kp1x πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 All things are possible for the one believing Alternate translation: “Everything is possible for the person who believes” or “Anything is possible for the person believing in God”
MRK 9 23 e5kk figs-explicit τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for the one believing The word **believing** refers to belief in God, and here it specifically refers to belief in Jesus and his power. The phrase **the one** means “any person” or “any one.” If it would help your readers you can say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for anyone who believes that God is able to do them” or “for any person who believes in God’s power” or “for anyone one who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 24 h4y6 figs-explicit βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 Help me in my unbelief The sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power but rather these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 24 wssi figs-abstractnouns βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 25 qaw4 figs-explicit ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 the crowd is running to them This means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 25 b54j grammar-collectivenouns ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
MRK 9 25 ul8k figs-explicit τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα 1 You mute and deaf spirit The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 25 zd5c figs-go ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “go out from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 26 adb6 κράξας 1 having cried out Alternate translation: “after the unclean spirit cried out”
MRK 9 26 i8dz figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 convulsed him greatly Your language may say “went out” rather than **came out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “it went out” or “the spirit went out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 26 n7h8 figs-nominaladj ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς 1 he became like a dead person Mark is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 9 26 ns4t ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς λέγειν 1 so that many Alternate translation: “so that many people said”
MRK 9 27 r9zn ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 lifted him up Alternate translation: “helped him get up”
MRK 9 28 f0x7 figs-go εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον 1 Your language may say “come” rather than “went” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had come into a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 28 zwjp εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον 1 Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a house”
MRK 9 28 sd45 κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself Alternate translation: “privately”
MRK 9 29 pdk2 figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fasting The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 9 29 v2s7 figs-explicit τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 This kind Here, the phrase **This kind** refers to kinds of unclean spirits. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 29 kh4w figs-go τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθεῖν 1 Your language may say “go out” rather than “come out” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 29 yrzf figs-abstractnouns προσευχῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 29 l6ok figs-abstractnouns νηστείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 31 f4gm ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
MRK 9 31 vpj9 ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed”
MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 having been killed, he will rise again after three days If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 33 xv94 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 33 l2kj figs-go ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 35 z754 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 9 35 fkf6 figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος 1 Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must act as if he is the least important and serve everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Being **first** figuratively represents people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being **last** figuratively represents people who are not esteemed by others because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **first** and **last** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 9 35 ioiu figs-nominaladj εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be most important in God’s sight, he should act as if he is the least important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 9 35 jqo3 figs-ellipsis ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he will be last of all people and a servant of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 9 35 z9x2 figs-declarative ἔσται…ἔσχατος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων…πάντων 1 of all … of all Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people”
MRK 9 36 qqcu writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 one of these little children Alternate translation: “a child such as this one”
MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 37 uik3 figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God who sent him. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 37 y24n figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who has sent me Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 38 a3d3 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he was not following us Here, **following** does not seem to mean to be one of Jesus’ disciples, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 9 39 oynl figs-litotes μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν 1 Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 9 39 yw2q figs-metonymy ὀνόματί 1 See how you translated **name** in the previous verse [9:39](../09/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 39 h7ez figs-abstractnouns κακολογῆσαί 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **evil** by using an adjective to describe it or by expressing it some other way that is natural in language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 40 tma4 οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 is not against us Alternate translation: “is not opposing us”
MRK 9 41 lz5d figs-explicit ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another. This is a figurative way of referring to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus’ name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If your readers would not understand this you can use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 41 m0d8 figs-metonymy ὀνόματι 1 See how you translated **name** in [9:37](../09/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 41 u325 figs-ellipsis ἐν ὀνόματι 1 Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 9 41 bpz5 figs-idiom ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he may certainly not lose Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 41 jjq5 figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 9 42 cj0l figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MRK 9 42 gef5 figs-explicit καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ 1 Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 9 42 z6k5 translate-unknown μύλος ὀνικὸς 1 a large millstone *large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone”. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 9 42 bx6c figs-explicit περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 if your hand may cause you to stumble Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do something sinful with your hand. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 43 ifcv figs-hyperbole ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν 1 When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand** because Judaism taught against harming one’s body and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14-23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere, that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 9 43 h9lh figs-hyperbole κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 9 43 wd7y figs-explicit εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here, the phrase **enter into life** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and live forever” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 9 43 l5bf figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 into the unquenchable fire Alternate translation: “where the fire cannot be put out”
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 if your foot may cause you to stumble Here, the word **foot** is a metonym for going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 45 so26 figs-explicit εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 See how you translated the phrase **enter into life** in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 9 45 vj49 figs-hyperbole εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν 1 to enter into life lame When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 9 45 hbt9 figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **to be thrown** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 47 okc3 figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 Here, **eye** is a metonym for desiring to sin as a result of looking at something which God has prohibited. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 47 h4dv figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended and has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” that was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into God’s kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 9 47 t7uv figs-hyperbole μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 9 47 r2gn figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell See how you translated the phrase **to be thrown into Gehenna** in [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 may become unsalty “loses its salty taste”
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 with what will you season it? **with what will you season it** is a rhetorical question. can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 9 50 t76n αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε 1 will you season it “will you make it taste salty again”
MRK 9 50 f34y figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Have salt in yourselves Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt** that people possess. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 9 50 syc9 figs-rpronouns ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted each of his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves personally. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 9 50 tind figs-yousingular εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 **be at peace with one another** is a command or instruction to all of Jesus’ 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)).
MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται 1 having gotten up, he goes from that place Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 1 goki figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and the other side of the Jordan River Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he had been accustomed to do Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did”
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 10 5 xqzb figs-idiom τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and instead choosing one’s own will. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/5.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 10 6 m6lj figs-nominaladj ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 He made them Here, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, males and females. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 10 6 jz57 figs-quotesinquotes ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 Beginning in the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart” and this verse and the next two verses continue his direct speech to the Pharisees. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase *He made them male and female** Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:9](../mrk/10/09.md). Jesus entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks and his quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks because it is a quote within a quote. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 10 7 lfzd grammar-collectivenouns καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Here, the word **man** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
MRK 10 7 ycp7 figs-explicit καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 The phrase **a man will leave his father and mother** does not mean that a man necessarily has to stop living in his father’s and mother’s home once he gets married. Rather it means (COME BACK) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 8 rd63 καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 and the two will become one flesh In this verse Jesus finishes his quotation of [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md). Jesus began quoting Genesis in the second half of [Mark 10:6](../mrk/10/6.md).
MRK 10 8 p7yc figs-metaphor οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 they are no longer two, but one flesh A husband and wife **no longer** being **two** but instead being **one flesh** is metaphor to illustrate a husband and wife’s close union as a couple. If your readers would not understand what this means you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or clarify this using plain language. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 9 ty4e figs-explicit ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 9 pty4 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Here, although the term **man** is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “should not be separated by any person” or “let people not separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 10 10 l8fu figs-explicit περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 1 asked him about this The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked Jesus about the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 11 i5kp ὃς ἂν 1 Whoever Alternate translation: “Anyone who”
MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery Here, the phrase **she commits adultery** means that a woman who divorces her husband and marries another man commits adultery against her previous husband. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against the first man she married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent καὶ 1 And they were bringing Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 10 13 nmw7 figs-explicit προσέφερον 1 Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not prevent If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 10 15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it”
MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child The point of the comparison **as a little child** is that Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 10 15 q3ck figs-explicit οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 may certainly not enter into it Here, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 having taken them into his arms Alternate translation: “embracing the children in his arms”
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 in order that I might inherit everlasting life Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used metaphorically to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal.” If your readers would not understand what it means to “inherit eternal life” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 17 d0iy Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
MRK 10 17 h45i figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Why are you calling me good? Jesus’ question “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is asks in order to make a point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 10 18 uwt6 τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is asking the man a rhetorical question in order to make a point. The Bible clearly teaches that Jesus is God and Jesus affirms elsewhere that he believes that he is God. Make sure that your translation does not portray Jesus as denying his own moral perfection or divinity here.
MRK 10 18 gyod τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life” a person simply needs to know the right things to do and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God a person must focus on God and put their trust in God’s character.
MRK 10 19 qs3e figs-quotesinquotes τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
MRK 10 20 bd3s Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you are lacking Here, **lack** is a metaphor for needing to do something. If your readers would not understand what it means to **lack** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-explicit δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 give it to the poor Here, the word **it** refers to the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 10 21 iij4 figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 treasure Jesus speaks figuratively of rewards in heaven as if these rewards are **treasure**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **have treasure in heaven** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you will be rewarded in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 22 afu7 figs-synecdoche τῷ λόγῳ 1 Although the term **word** is singular, Mark is using this term to refer to all of the instructions that Jesus gave the man in the prior verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 10 22 v58f ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 one having many possessions Alternate translation: “someone who owned many things”
MRK 10 24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 but again answering, Jesus says to them Alternate translation: “but Jesus said to his disciples again”
MRK 10 24 fh1q figs-metaphor τέκνα 1 Children, how Here, Jesus is using the term **Children** figuratively to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and so Jesus regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this in a non-figurative way as UST does. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MRK 10 25 f15k figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for **rich** people **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 10 25 t4y8 translate-unknown εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 the eye of a needle **the eye of a needle** refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** that thread passes through. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 10 27 vfyb figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Here, although the term **men** is masculine, it is used with a generic sense to refer to people in general, both male and female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 10 28 hcv3 figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: See the UST.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MRK 10 29 zhx5 figs-litotes οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 1 there is no one who has left The phrase **there is no one who has left** is a litotes. Jesus uses the negative word **no** to negate **one** in order to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus’ sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “everyone who has left” or “every person who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 10 29 m1w3 ἢ ἀγροὺς 1 or lands Alternate translation: “or the land that he owns”
MRK 10 30 sjhg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 who may not receive The phrase **not receive** in this verse, when combined with the phrase “no one” in the previous verse, creates a double negative. If this is confusing in your language you can state the entire sentence positively. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 10 30 heb4 ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ 1 in this time Alternate translation: “in this present age”
MRK 10 31 y2lu figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ…ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. See how you translated the words **first** and **last** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “many people who are now important will not be, and the people who are not now important, will be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj)
MRK 10 31 ym7t figs-metaphor ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 who are first will be last, and the last first Here, Jesus is using the words **first** and **last** metaphorically. See how you translated these words in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 32 hq7y figs-explicit οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those who are following behind Some people were walking behind Jesus and his twelve disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 32 k1nn figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 10 33 pv4w figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is an exclamation word which Jesus is using to draw attention to the words that he says next next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MRK 10 33 qkq9 figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 10 33 s1hp figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the Son of Man will be delivered Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will be delivered to the chief priests and the scribes, and they will condemn me to death and deliver me to the Gentiles” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
MRK 10 33 ha2g figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can express the meaning behind the phrase **will be delivered** by using an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 10 33 ohsf figs-abstractnouns καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using a verbal form of this word. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 10 33 ils2 παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 deliver him to the Gentiles Alternate translation: “put him under the control of the Gentiles”
MRK 10 34 ccd3 figs-123person ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 they will mock In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
MRK 10 34 t0lt writing-pronouns ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to “the Gentiles” mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise The phrase **he will rise** refers to rising from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” or “he will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν 1 we desire … for us … we may ask Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 10 35 ch2r Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
MRK 10 36 he8f writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 10 37 xwf8 writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “And James and John said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 10 37 n1fv figs-exclusive δὸς ἡμῖν…καθίσωμεν 1 Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “with you when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 37 kyg6 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in another way such as using a verbal form of the word. Alternate translation: “next to you when you are glorified” or “sit by you when you are glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know “You do not understand”
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 to drink the cup which I am drinking Drinking a **cup** is an idiom which refers to suffering some experience which is difficult to undergo. In the Bible suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 10 38 pax6 figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 The phrase **to be baptized with the baptism** is a metaphor which refers to being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering and trials overwhelm a person. Here, this metaphor for suffering refers specifically to Jesus’ future suffering in Jerusalem and death by crucifixion. If your readers would not understand this metaphor for suffering, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 38 hlue figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι 1 The phrase **I am being baptized** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 10 39 r3pm writing-pronouns οἱ…αὐτοῖς 1 We are able Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 10 39 hc1g figs-idiom τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε 1 you will drink **The cup that I drink** is an idiom. See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 10 39 c15v figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 In this verse Jesus continues to use **baptism** metaphorically. See how you translated Jesus’ metaphorical use of baptism in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 39 humc figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 The phrase **I am being baptized** and the phrase **you will be baptized** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state these two phrases in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 10 40 pdc1 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 but it is for those for whom it has been prepared The word **it** refers to the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 40 eu9v figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 it has been prepared The phrase **it has been prepared** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says in [Matthew 20:23](../mat/07/14.md) that God the Father is the one who will prepare these places. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 10 41 ad19 figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες 1 When heard about this The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 41 i48d figs-explicit οἱ δέκα 1 **the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 42 sbk8 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 having summoned them, Jesus Alternate translation: “after Jesus called his disciples to him, he”
MRK 10 42 zfr3 figs-abstractnouns κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 exercise authority over If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 10 43 zfz6 figs-explicit οὐχ οὕτως…ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But it is not this way among you The phrase **it is not this way among you** means “this is not the reality you live by as my followers” or “it should not be this way among you” and refers back to the way that Jesus said the Gentile rulers governed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But you live by a different set of principles than the Gentile rulers do” or “But you are to act differently than the Gentile rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 43 fc3m μέγας γενέσθαι 1 to become great Alternate translation: “to be highly respected” or “to be greatly respected”
MRK 10 43 gfun figs-declarative ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be your servant** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md) where it occurs with the same meaning and in a similar context. Alternate translation: “must be your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
MRK 10 44 e7sn figs-metaphor εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first Here, **to be first** is a metaphor for being the most important. See how you translated **first** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 44 qzo8 figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be a slave of all** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [10:43](../10/43.md), where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “must be a slave of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
MRK 10 44 u5yb figs-hyperbole δοῦλος 1 Jesus speaks figuratively of being **a slave** to emphasize the great lengths Jesus’ followers should go to in order to serve others. If Jesus’ exaggeration would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act similar to slaves in their service to others. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 10 45 ctta figs-123person καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
MRK 10 45 pmk3 figs-go οὐκ ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “leave” and “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 10 45 a3fr figs-activepassive διακονηθῆναι 1 For even the Son of Man did not come to be served The phrase **to be served** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 10 45 rik1 διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 to be served, but to serve Alternate translation: “to be served by people, but to serve people”
MRK 10 45 d9jd ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 in exchange for many Alternate translation: “in place of many people” or “in exchange for many people”
MRK 10 46 n4i3 figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἰερειχώ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went into Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 10 46 bq3j figs-go ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ 1 Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus Your language may say “coming out” rather than **going out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “as he is coming out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 10 47 ow3g translate-names Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός 1 The people call **Jesus the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
MRK 10 47 opm0 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses **And** to introduce a reason result statement. **And** introduces the reason **having heard that it was Jesus** which resulted in Bartimaeus beginning **to cry out and to say, “Son of David, Jesus, have mercy on me!”** When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result)
MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 having heard that it was Jesus The blind man is using the word **Son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 10 47 ylls figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησόν με 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** by using an adjective form such as “merciful” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 10 47 s2dr figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)
MRK 10 47 tvkh figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ 1 many were rebuking Alternate translation: “many people kept telling him not to shout”
MRK 10 48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν 1 much more The phrase **was crying out much more** could mean: (1) that the blind man shouted even louder to Jesus. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) that the blind man called out even more persistently. Alternate translation: “called out even more persistently”
MRK 10 48 l86a figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με 1 See how you decided to translate this phrase in [10:47](../010/47.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 10 49 ac7h writing-pronouns φωνοῦσι 1 they call Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could state explicitly who **they** refers to. Alternate translation: “some people in the crowd called” or “some people in the front of the crowd called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 10 49 n6xl figs-abstractnouns θάρσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **courage** by using an adjective form such as “courageous” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 10 52 s5d2 figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 52 bjuw figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 10 52 ub7w figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψεν 1 he was following him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))
MRK 11 1 ch4j figs-go ἐγγίζουσιν 1 And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage **Bethphage** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 11 2 bi22 figs-go ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 opposite us Your language may say “Come” rather than **Go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 11 2 si41 figs-youdual ὑμῶν…εὑρήσετε 1 Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual)
MRK 11 2 r41g translate-unknown πῶλον 1 a colt The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no man has yet sat Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 11 2 zloo figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
MRK 11 3 aw3v figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 11 3 q446 figs-youdual ποιεῖτε 1 The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual)
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this? If it would be helpful to your readers you can say explicitly what the word **this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 3 k7fd figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 11 3 yj5y εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 immediately he sends it back here Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it”
MRK 11 4 y381 writing-pronouns ἀπῆλθον 1 they went away Here, **they** refers to the two disciples mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 11 4 f6hc πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal”
MRK 11 7 k9g7 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
MRK 11 7 sbqy figs-explicit ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “draped the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 many spread their cloaks on the road Spreading **cloaks on the road** and **branches** was a way of showing honor to someone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and others spread branches they had cut from the fields. They did this in order to honor Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 8 jk2o translate-symaction πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 The words **many**, **others**, and **they** all refer to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and other people spread branches they had cut” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction)
MRK 11 8 fwl0 ἱμάτια 1 See how you translated the word **cloaks** in [11:7](../11/07.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments”
MRK 11 8 nx3n figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 and others, branches having been cut from the fields It was a tradition to lay palm **branches** on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: “and others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna The word **Hosanna** is a Hebrew word. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. **Hosanna** had an original meaning of “save now” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell **Hosanna** the way it sounds in your language or you can translate it according to how it was used, as the UST does. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 11 9 ye41 figs-activepassive εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 those following The word **Blessed** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, “God” is the one doing the blessing. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 11 9 suib εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “May God bless the one who comes in his name” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “God has blessed the one who comes in his name”
MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes Here, the phrase **the one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one who comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here, the phrase **in the name of** is used figuratively for authority. The phrase **in the name of the Lord** means the “with the authority of the Lord.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” or “with the Lord’s authority” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 11 10 kkfo figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The word **Blessed** is passive in form. See how you translated this word in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 11 10 a6b4 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David** could be: (1) an exclamation proclaiming that the future messianic kingdom promised to a descendant of David is blessed by God. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) a prayer expressing the desire that God would bless the coming messianic kingdom. Alternate translation: “May God bless the coming kingdom of our father David”
MRK 11 10 yuap figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Here, the term **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **father** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “of our ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest See how you translated the word **Hosanna** in [11:9](../11/09.md). The phrase ** Hosanna in the highest** could be (1) an exclamation of praise to God. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) a prayer to God for salvation from Israel’s enemies. Alternate translation: “Please save us now God in the highest”
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest The phrase ** in the highest** is a figurative way or referring to heaven where God dwells. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state this explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 11 h2du figs-synecdoche ἱερόν 1 Since only priests could enter the temple building, here the word **temple** means the temple courtyard. Mark is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 11 11 t5nv figs-go ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν 1 he went out to Bethany with the Twelve Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came to Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 11 11 rvd7 figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 11 12 zr8n figs-go ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 when they had returned from Bethany Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when they had went out from Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 11 13 y447 figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]
MRK 11 13 yg5n figs-go ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν 1 if perhaps he could find anything on it Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ…καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων 1 the season Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs”
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MRK 11 14 b362 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 he said to it The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 14 ij5h figs-doublenegatives μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 his disciples heard it The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 11 15 hj7z figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 coming Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 11 15 c2wl figs-synecdoche ἱερὸν 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 11 15 hoym ἐκβάλλειν 1 Alternate translation: “to throw out” or “to force out” or “to drive out”
MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 those selling and those buying Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling”
MRK 11 15 ve56 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 General Information: See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 11 16 ohxg figs-synecdoche ἱεροῦ 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? **Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple as recorded in the Old Testament scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have payed closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 11 17 dxwe figs-quotesinquotes οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer for all nations,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 11 17 t9x9 figs-activepassive οὐ γέγραπται 1 If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 11 17 qeix figs-metaphor οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 11 17 t1ho figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 11 17 npdf figs-activepassive οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται 1 The phrase **will be called** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is people who are calling God’s temple a house of prayer. Alternate translation: “People will call my house a house of prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 11 17 qvxz figs-abstractnouns προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they were seeking a way Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way”
MRK 11 19 h4hg ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο 1 when evening came Alternate translation: “in the evening”
MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree had been withered from its roots The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and was dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 20 a83v figs-activepassive ἐξηραμμένην 1 had been withered The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-activepassive ἀναμνησθεὶς 1 having remembered, Peter The phrase **having been reminded** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 11 21 na1k figs-activepassive ἐξήρανται 1 The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 11 22 ry5v figs-yousingular ἔχετε πίστιν 1 answering, Jesus says to them In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you have faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 11 22 x8k7 figs-abstractnouns ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 11 23 mred figs-hyperbole ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples the point that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “for example, that whoever might ask God and say, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 11 23 a01g figs-metaphor ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here, Jesus uses **mountain** figuratively to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If your readers would not understand Jesus’ figurative use of **mountain** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 11 23 dwsf figs-imperative ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MRK 11 23 c3cj figs-extrainfo ὄρει τούτῳ 1 whoever might say Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 11 23 k3z4 figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast* are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one doing it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 may not doubt in his heart, but may believe In the expression **doubt in his heart** the word **heart** figuratively represents a person’s mind or inner being. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt but believes” or “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 11 23 doeg figs-doublenegatives μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be for him Alternate translation: “God will make it happen”
MRK 11 24 pn9x διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Because of this, I say to you Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you”
MRK 11 24 c61c figs-yousingular ὑμῖν…προσεύχεσθε…ἐλάβετε…ὑμῖν 1 In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 11 24 abke figs-yousingular πιστεύετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours In the phrase **it will be to you** the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 25 m2aw figs-yousingular στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 In this verse every occurrence of the word **you** and **your** is plural and applies to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 11 25 m7xi figs-explicitinfo ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 when you stand praying It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If this would be misunderstood in your culture you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
MRK 11 25 ttxg figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In this verse, the first occurrence of the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 11 25 swa3 figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In the original language that the author of Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 11 25 f6ex figs-explicit εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 if you have something against anyone Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** against another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 25 jjs9 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says **forgive, if you have something against anyone** with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
MRK 11 25 omze figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “sinned” or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the times you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 11 27 alh5 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 as he is walking around in the temple The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard; he was not walking in the temple since only priests were allowed in inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς? 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them? This could mean: (1) both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) these are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 11 28 ooxp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ…ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 11 29 erqp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 11 29 aak2 ἕνα λόγον 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
MRK 11 30 vpgv τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of John Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed”
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 11 30 i5is figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 from men Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men Alternate translation: “was it authorized by God or by men”
MRK 11 30 mc8n figs-yousingular ἀποκρίθητέ μοι 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this book in the word **Answer** is a command written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 11 31 s9vv grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MRK 11 31 e7j4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven See how you translated the expression **From heaven** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 11 32 tczm grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’ The phrase **From men** refers to the source of the baptism of John. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘John’s baptism was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 32 v2gs figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men See how you translated the phrase **From men** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-quotesinquotes ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understand what will happen if they say John’s baptism is not from God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 11 32 z998 grammar-connect-time-background ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν 1 They were afraid of the crowd The author of Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for all the people in the crowd believed that John really was a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the crowd, since all the people in the crowd believed that John truly was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 11 32 dqlt grammar-collectivenouns ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “They were afraid of the group of people gathered there” or “They were afraid of the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
MRK 11 32 x4bo grammar-collectivenouns ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον 1 Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 33 rmbd grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know The reply **We do not know** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” or “We do not know where John’s authority to baptize came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 11 33 av5y grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 With the words **Neither do I say to you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 11 33 arpm figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])<br><br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35-37, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 12 1 qa93 writing-participants ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character into the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character into a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MRK 12 1 l2i2 translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 12 1 fd71 γεωργοῖς 1 While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 at the season This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 2 su2e γεωργοὺς…γεωργῶν 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
MRK 12 2 oxoo figs-metaphor καρπῶν 1 The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 3 c321 figs-metaphor ἀπέστειλαν κενόν 1 with nothing Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Here, the word **empty** means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 4 jhi3 καὶ ἠτίμασαν 1 Alternate translation: “and humiliated”
MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 a beloved son If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “thinking that they would respect his son” or “thinking to himself that the farmers would respect his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία 1 the heir It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 7 kefz γεωργοὶ 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-metonymy ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance By inheritance, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 8 gx6l grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 having seized him Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 9 tlji γεωργούς 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
MRK 12 9 g4ce translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 destroy See how you translated the similar expression in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word **others** refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 10 v6ta figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the Scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: 1 And have you not read this scripture? Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 10 mzr2 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means figuratively that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 10 kv7t figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 10 l5ma figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The phrase the **head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 12 11 r8z8 figs-quotesinquotes παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 This came from the Lord This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes **in our eyes** is a figurative way of referring to the act of seeing. Here, the act of seeing could be referring to “thinking” about or “considering” what is seen. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 12 b1vz writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 12 12 lx62 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd they did not” or “but they did not because they feared the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 12 12 v9wb figs-infostructure καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον 1 against them If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
MRK 12 12 v5wv grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MRK 12 13 z2sf writing-pronouns καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 And they send Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would help your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 12 13 pj3c figs-explicit τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians **the Herodians** supported the Roman Empire and Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here, Mark describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be trapped in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 13 s1hb figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Mark uses the term **word** figuratively to mean something Jesus might say by using words. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in something he might say” or “with something he might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 14 dh3d figs-synecdoche λέγουσιν 1 they say Mark could mean that one person spoke to Jesus on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 12 14 xhl6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
MRK 12 14 awv5 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 12 14 cp3x οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor but rather fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion”
MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means to not give attention to people’s outward appearances. Outward appearance in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high religious position. This phrase taken as a whole here means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 The Jewish leaders are using the term **face** figuratively to mean “external status and position.” Alternate translation: “the status and position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The Jewish leaders speak figuratively of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 14 ap2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully”, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 14 k0tw figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 14 gtsk figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The Jewish leaders are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 15 g48w figs-abstractnouns ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν 1 he, knowing their hypocrisy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But Jesus knew that they were not being sincere, so he said” or “But Jesus realized that they were trying to trick him, and so he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε 1 Why do you test me? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 And they brought one Alternate translation: “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius”
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 they said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here, **Caesar’s** refers to Caesar’s likeness and inscription. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 18 edcn writing-background οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who are a sect who deny the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 12 18 y8yo writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the statement **Sadducees … come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is not resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MRK 12 18 ss09 figs-distinguish Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 18 ax25 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 Mark could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 12 19 w3ev Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die These Sadducees are figuratively describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he wrote it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 19 m8fh figs-exclusive ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote to us Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducees mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 12 19 kgws figs-hypo ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον 1 Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MRK 12 19 g49e ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take the wife Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow” or “that the man should marry his brother’s wife”
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 should raise up offspring to his brother The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her dead husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her dead husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 19 r0tg figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 The term **seed** figuratively means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνῄσκων, οὐκ ἀφῆκεν σπέρμα 1 There were seven brothers While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MRK 12 20 pj71 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 20 pj2g translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 12 20 af1t figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 the first took a wife See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 21 uef6 figs-hypo καὶ 1 The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MRK 12 21 d61g figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second … the third Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 21 na6s translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second took her If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 12 21 cgzm figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 21 tbzw figs-explicit καὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the third brother married this widow, but also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 the third likewise Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 21 hx1q translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 the seven The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 22 l3dg figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 the seven did not leave offspring See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 23 w4wu ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife? The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
MRK 12 23 c4p5 figs-ellipsis οἱ…ἑπτὰ 1 The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the fact that the Sadducees do not correctly understand the scriptures or God’s power. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are greatly misunderstanding this matter because you do not know the scriptures nor the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 24 sie3 figs-activepassive οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken because you do not know the scriptures or God’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 12 24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God Alternate translation: “how powerful God is”
MRK 12 25 nvh6 writing-pronouns ὅταν γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 For when they may rise Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would help your readers, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” or “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 12 25 ox82 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they may rise If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 12 25 ensg figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you can use a single term here. Alternate translation: “they do not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 12 25 asw4 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not marry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 25 pi8l grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 the heavens What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that they mistakenly thought that men and women being raised from the dead automatically meant that their existence would follow the same pattern or order of things as their former lives did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MRK 12 26 mffe figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the phrase **the dead** in [12:25](../12/25.md). Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 26 z36n figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 that are raised If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the matter of God bringing back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 12 26 eod4 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis in order to rebuke the Sadducees for not correctly understanding the scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have surely read in the book of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 26 jc5a figs-possession τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 the book of Moses Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned this book. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 26 si2b figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 26 y35v figs-verbs λέγων 1 how God spoke to him In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
MRK 12 26 re82 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the God of the dead, but of the living Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 27 xxzs figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 27 v7ui figs-activepassive πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 the God of the dead, but of the living If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 12 28 zqy4 writing-participants καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέων 1 Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the Law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MRK 12 28 b3yh figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Mark is using the word **seen** figuratively to mean “understood” or “knew.” He is figuratively describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with eyes. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 28 q1u5 figs-metaphor ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 he asked him Here, the scribe is using the word **first** figuratively to represent to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 28 kftz translate-ordinal ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 12 29 ztyh figs-metaphor πρώτη 1 Here, Jesus continues the figurative use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 29 euim figs-ellipsis πρώτη 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The first commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj πρώτη 1 The first is If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 29 mq92 figs-personification Ἰσραήλ 1 Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring figuratively to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “O Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MRK 12 29 mmtb Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 **the Lord our God, the Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s god for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only god they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special”
MRK 12 30 thj7 figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
MRK 12 30 xjng figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring figuratively to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου 1 from your whole heart, and from your whole soul Here, the term **heart** figuratively represents a person’s mind and specifically the mind as the center and source of persons thinking and will. Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 30 m8hi ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “with”
MRK 12 30 x3n5 figs-abstractnouns ψυχῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 30 ln0t figs-abstractnouns διανοίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mind**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 30 mii2 figs-abstractnouns ἰσχύος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strength**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 31 eu8b figs-ellipsis δευτέρα αὕτη 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The second commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 31 fz8g figs-metaphor δευτέρα 1 Here, Jesus is using the word **second** figuratively to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 31 oegh translate-ordinal δευτέρα 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **second**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 12 31 np4y figs-ellipsis ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You will love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 You will love your neighbor as yourself Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
MRK 12 31 pyc1 figs-explicit τούτων 1 than these Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 32 uhgy Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
MRK 12 32 qqm4 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 Good, Teacher If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 32 awe3 εἷς ἐστιν 1 he is one See how you translated the phrase **is one** in [12:29](../12/29.md).
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context.. Alternate translation: “that there is no other god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 33 v8yn figs-metaphor καρδίας 1 See how you translated the phrase **whole heart** in [12:30](../12/30.md). Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-abstractnouns συνέσεως 1 from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 33 k42a figs-abstractnouns ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 from your whole heart See how you translated the phrase **whole strength** in [12:30](../12/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 33 ekfy figs-ellipsis τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 33 ll9t περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is greater than”
MRK 12 34 hkf7 figs-metonymy ἰδὼν αὐτὸν 1 See how you translated the use of the word **seen** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same figurative meaning. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 34 b144 οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God If it would help your readers you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God”
MRK 12 34 is4c figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God Here, Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 34 lfti figs-abstractnouns Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα 1 no one any longer was daring If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? 1 How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 35 i6a4 figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David Here, Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 12 36 jlbd figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 12 36 ejy2 ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit”
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” The ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 12 36 k2j1 figs-nominaladj κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 36 rfy9 translate-symaction ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 To place an enemy under one’s feet is symbolic for conquering an enemy and making them submit and so here it means that Yahweh would make His enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 12 37 j7wn figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David himself calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 12 37 ka5u figs-explicit λέγει αὐτὸν 1 calls him ‘Lord,’ Here, the word **him** refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 37 ssq3 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 See how you translated the word **himself** in [12:36](../12/36.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person” or “David, whom we all respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 12 37 qpdy figs-explicit αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 and how is he his son? Like the question in [12:35](../12/35.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 37 qucc grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Jesus is using the word **and** to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 12 37 tjp6 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 38 bh8w grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 12 38 rwxq figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 12 38 yhfv figs-metonymy βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 38 nxy9 translate-symaction τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν 1 In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a **long robe** was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 12 38 mu5a figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς 1 The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings**, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “desire respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 39 mwmf figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 Both uses of the word **first** here figuratively mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metonymy οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of the widows Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 40 j27b figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 the houses of the widows Jesus says figuratively that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 40 r3ht καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation Jesus is using the word **condemnation** figuratively to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 41 r69x writing-background καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 12 41 nohd writing-newevent καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά 1 This background information that Mark provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crown put money into the offering box and noticed that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 12 41 p2kp figs-metonymy τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου…τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the temple offering box Mark is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the treasury. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 41 w4xc grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
MRK 12 41 jgkw figs-nominaladj πλούσιοι 1 Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 41 rl1l figs-ellipsis πολλά 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “much money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 two mites The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews which was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MRK 12 42 n29e translate-bmoney ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 are a quadrans A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 12 43 ih0m figs-metaphor ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ 1 Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 43 n8z5 figs-explicit πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων 1 all of those putting into In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people putting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 43 n7su γαζοφυλάκιον 1 having called See how you translated this term in [12:41](../12/41.md).
MRK 12 44 c7jj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the reason for what Jesus said in [12:43](../12/43.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 12 44 ihuq ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον 1 Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
MRK 12 44 ui9a αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 abundance Alternate translation: “but she only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on”
MRK 12 44 l4tp τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς 1 her poverty Alternate translation: “her lack” or “the little she had”
MRK 12 44 p3as τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 of her livelihood Alternate translation: “she had to survive on”
MRK 13 intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
MRK 13 1 rrv1 Διδάσκαλε 1 General Information: See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
MRK 13 1 ql81 figs-explicit ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί 1 What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings Here, **stones** refers to the very large stones which the temple walls were built with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How wonderful these huge blocks of stones are and how wonderful these buildings are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς 1 Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to draw attention to the buildings and emphasize what he is about to say. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 13 2 xdhj figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 3 izt8 writing-pronouns καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν κατ’ ἰδίαν Πέτρος, καὶ Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀνδρέας 1 And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew were asking him by privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself Alternate translation: “when they were alone” or “privately”
MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled Both occurrences of the phrase **these things** refer to what Jesus said in [13:2](../13/02.md). If it would help your readers you could say explicitly what the phrase **these things** refers to as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 4 lw1n figs-activepassive ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when all these things If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will fulfill all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 5 fe42 writing-pronouns λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to say to them The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would help your readers you can clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 13 5 qekc figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 6 cee7 figs-quotesinquotes πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 13 6 pbz4 figs-explicit πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς 1 Here, both uses of the word **many** refer to many people. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 they will lead many astray The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 7 fl5h πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars The phrase “wars and rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place near by and reports of wars happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close or wars that far away”
MRK 13 7 d1k9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end Here, **the end** implicitly means the end of the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 8 ydrb figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 13 8 rlxf figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 13 8 oyrd figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 9 nuti figs-metaphor βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus figuratively uses a word for seeing to indicate a need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 13 9 mbr5 writing-pronouns παραδώσουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 13 9 voih figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before Here, **stand** figuratively means to be put on trial and judged. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 9 v23p figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 13 9 qq6r εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to testify about me to them”
MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over **handing … over** means to deliver to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because they hate Jesus and because their family members believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that “all” brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 12 m6iq figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters will deliver their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 12 hrhw figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “parents their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endured** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 13 vcz4 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 to the end The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over”
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 14 ck7a ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand The phrase **let the reader understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would pay to this warning. If it would help your readers you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language.
MRK 13 15 m1hq figs-explicit ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 on the housetop Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his readers will know this and that they will know that the roofs were separate from the rest of the house and in order to access the inside of a house a person would have to go down the stairs on the back of the house and then enter their house from the front. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 16 y1e9 translate-unknown ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind The word **cloak** refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 13 17 bi8n figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 to those having in the womb The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 17 bv9z ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies”
MRK 13 17 u8kk figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 18 w47v translate-versebridge προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γένηται χειμῶνος 1 pray that If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving the entire contents of this verse to the end of the next verse, since in the next verse Jesus gives the reason for praying this prayer. You would then present the combined verses as 18–19. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
MRK 13 18 w91r translate-unknown χειμῶνος 1 in winter In the location Jesus is referring to **winter** is the time of year when it is cold and difficult to travel. If this would confuse your readers you could use a term that your readers would be familiar with in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate **winter** with a general expression such as “in the cold season.” Alternate translation: “in the cold season” or “in the rainy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 13 19 zs4g figs-idiom ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 19 l5u9 figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 13 19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη 1 such as these have not happened Alternate translation: “of a kind that has not yet happened” or “which will be worse than any type of suffering that has happened”
MRK 13 19 r1ly figs-abstractnouns ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 13 19 c5sz figs-ellipsis οὐ μὴ γένηται 1 may certainly not happen Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “certainly will not happen again” or “there will never be days like these again” or “after this tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 20 y7g6 figs-idiom μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…ἐκολόβωσεν 1 did not cut short the days **cut short** is an idiom which means “to shorten.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “did not shorten … he shortened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 20 el7g figs-idiom τὰς ἡμέρας…τὰς ἡμέρας 1 See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “that time … that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved Jesus is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 20 dosx figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark makes clear that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “because the Lord will shorten the day, not everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 20 q8hm figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 for the sake of the elect Here, the phrase **be saved** refers to being saved from physical death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone would die” or “no one would survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 20 fz5f figs-doublet τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase to express the idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the people he chose, because he loves them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 13 20 af7n figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as modeled by the UST.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 13 21 d9gr translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in verse 22 he gives the reason for the command. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 21–22 as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
MRK 13 21 qsfu figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ, μὴ πιστεύετε 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is either here or there” or “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is in this location or that location”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 13 21 yfd3 figs-ellipsis ἴδε, ἐκεῖ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look, there is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 22 yw81 figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 to deceive If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 22 n81i figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 false Christs See how you translated the phrase **the elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 13 23 jq8p figs-metaphor βλέπετε 1 But you, watch out See how you translated the word **watch** in [13:9](../13/09.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” or “be watchful” or “be alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 23 va6h προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 I have told you everything beforehand Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time” or “I have told you all these things before they happen”
MRK 13 24 is3h grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** shows a contrast between the events Jesus has just described and the events he will describe in [13:24-27](../013/24.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MRK 13 24 vmna figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 24 n2rr grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ 1 The word **after** indicates that the events Jesus will describe in [13:24-27](../013/24.md) will come after the events just described in [13:14-23](../013/14.md). The word **after** does not express how long it will be before the events of [13:24-27](../013/24.md) take place so you should choose a word or phrase in your language that communicates the sequential meaning of the word **after** but does not limit the time frame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 13 24 mfy8 figs-abstractnouns θλῖψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “suffer” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here, the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MRK 13 25 hge7 figs-parallelism αἱ δυνάμεις 1 the powers that are in the heavens **the powers** could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, stars, and planets in which case the two phrases **the stars will be falling from the sky** and **the powers that are in the sky will be shaken** are an example of parallelism. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, stars, and planets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] (2) spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “the spiritual beings”
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will cause the powers that are in the heavens to be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 26 kl95 writing-pronouns τότε ὄψονται 1 then they will see The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “then the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 13 26 yn52 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
MRK 13 26 a130 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 13 26 nlo7 figs-explicit ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλαις 1 Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means **coming** down from heaven **in clouds**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 26 cd1e figs-hendiadys μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 The phrase **with great power and glory** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The term **glory** describes what kind of **power** Jesus will have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
MRK 13 26 h4z1 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 with great power and glory If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **power** or **glory**, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **power** and **glory** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 13 27 nsyo figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 13 27 a1z2 figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 he will gather together See how you translated the word **elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 13 27 vpb6 figs-metaphor τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 the four winds The phrase **the four winds** is a figurative way of referring to the four directions: north, south, east, and west and means “everywhere.” Jesus speaks figuratively, using these directions in order to include everything in between. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 27 u1vp figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ 1 from the end of the earth to the end of the sky The phrase **from the four winds** and the phrase **from the end of the earth to the end of the sky** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from wherever they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 13 28 c99s figs-parables ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to learn this truth which the fig tree illustrates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 13 28 ti6e τῆς συκῆς 1 See how you translated **fig tree** in [11:13](../11/13.md).
MRK 13 28 u8ha figs-genericnoun τῆς συκῆς 1 tender Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “the fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 13 28 z417 ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν 1 summer Alternate translation: “summer is about to start” or “the warm season is about to start”
MRK 13 29 q53b ταῦτα 1 these things Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described” or “the things I have just described”
MRK 13 29 aul8 writing-pronouns ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near The pronoun **he** refers to “the Son of Man”, which is the title Jesus used for himself in [13:26](../13/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 13 29 ini9 figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 13 29 iavl γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. 1 The phrase **at the doors** adds further detail to the phrase **he is near**. The phrase **at the doors** explains how **near**. Alternate translation: See the UST.
MRK 13 29 z2pf figs-idiom ἐπὶ θύραις 1 at the doors The phrase **at the doors** is an idiom which means that something or someone is very near. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 30 tg35 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 13 30 m7ux figs-metonymy ἡ γενεὰ 1 Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 will certainly not pass away Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 13 30 h7dm οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “this generation will still be alive when”
MRK 13 30 t66q ταῦτα 1 until all these things Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described” or “the things I have just described”
MRK 13 31 k4zb figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται 1 Heaven and earth Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together figuratively to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will certainly not pass away Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he has just said. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 31 cq65 οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always be true”
MRK 13 32 km5z figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 that day or that hour The phrase **that day** refers to the time when Jesus will return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.Alternate translation: “the day or hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 32 z3q9 figs-extrainfo οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 the angels in heaven Here, **heaven** refers to the place where God lives and not to the sky. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 13 32 c1b2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱός 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me” or “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 13 32 gwh2 εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 except the Father Alternate translation: “only God the Father knows”
MRK 13 33 pj0v figs-explicit ἀγρυπνεῖτε 1 Jesus is using the expression **Stay awake** in a figurative sense. If your readers would not understand what it means to **Stay awake** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be watchful” or “Watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 33 i43k figs-explicit πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν 1 what time it is Here, **the time** refers to Christ’s second coming. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 34 ygl0 figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος 1 To help his disciples understand how they should live while they wait for his second coming Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand how they should live while they were waiting for his return: ‘As a man on a journey’” or “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand what their attitude should be like while they waited for him to return: ‘As a man on a journey’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 13 34 iwt8 ὡς 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **As** to introduce a comparison. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a comparison. Alternate translation: “It is like”
MRK 13 34 huof figs-genericnoun ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος 1 Jesus is speaking of a **man** or person in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “It is like when a person decides to go on a journey, and before leaving their house, asks their servants to manage the house. And the person gives each servant their responsibilities and commands the door-keeper to stay alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 13 34 w4dy figs-abstractnouns καὶ δοὺς τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 13 35 z7wi grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 whether evening Here, the word **therefore** indicates that Jesus is about to tell his disciples how to apply the story he told in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing an application. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 13 35 c96l grammar-connect-logic-result γρηγορεῖτε οὖν; οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ 1 What follows the word **because** here is the reason that Jesus wants his disciples to **stay alert**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing giving a reason for doing something. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “therefore, stay alert! The reason you should stay alert is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 13 35 gx23 figs-123person ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται 1 By calling himself **the lord of the house** Jesus is identifying himself as the “man on a journey” in the story he told in the previous verse. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the lord of the house, will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 13 35 v6it figs-metonymy ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 35 s8j9 translate-unknown ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 when the rooster crows A **rooster** is a large bird that calls out with a loud sound around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “when the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 13 36 mh8t figs-metaphor καθεύδοντας 1 he might find you sleeping Jesus is using the expression **sleeping** in a figurative sense to mean “not ready.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be asleep in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 36 wd97 figs-123person εὕρῃ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 14 intro uk36 0 # Mark 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 14 1 hwb4 writing-background δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 14 1 xa8f figs-explicit ἦν δὲ τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὰ Ἄζυμα μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας. καὶ ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 During **the Festival of Unleavened Bread** the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “Now it was two days before the beginning of the Passover and the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast. The chief priests and the scribes were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 1 ve8f writing-pronouns αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες, ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 Here, both uses of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could seize Jesus by stealth and kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 1 qtym figs-explicit ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 2 em4q writing-pronouns ἔλεγον γάρ 1 For they were saying The pronoun **they** refers to “the chief priests and the scribes” mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “For the chief priests and the scribes were saying to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 2 fk19 figs-explicit μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Not during the festival The phrase **Not during the festival** refers to not arresting Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival” or “We should not arrest him during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 3 owfp καὶ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 Both uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, while he was reclining to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 3 bf84 translate-names Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 of Simon the leper **Simon** is the name of a man. This man previously had leprosy but no longer had this disease. If this man still had leprosy he would have been considered ceremonially unclean in this society and would not have been allowed to be in the presence of people who did not have leprosy. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. Alternate translation: “Simon the man who formerly had leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 14 3 hh81 λεπροῦ 1 See how you translated the term “leprosy” in [1:42](../1/42.md).
MRK 14 3 sh4s translate-unknown κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 as he is reclining at table In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast or dinner party was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “while he is lying on a banqueting couch to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 3 nl8f translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 3 hk2p translate-unknown μύρου 1 an alabaster jar This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 3 fqa9 translate-unknown μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 of very costly anointing-oil of pure nard The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made of very precious scented plants” or “containing perfumed oil made of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 3 rw4f figs-possession μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 Mark is using **of** to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
MRK 14 3 yb3w πολυτελοῦς 1 Alternate translation: “very precious”
MRK 14 4 v57p figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν? 1 For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened? These people are using a rhetorical question to emphasize that they thought the perfumed oil should not have been poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This woman wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 4 g9qw figs-ellipsis εἰς τί 1 Mark’s quotation is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For what reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 14 4 gjmg translate-unknown μύρου 1 See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 5 xfzs translate-unknown τὸ μύρον 1 See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 this perfume was able to be sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 5 t4p8 translate-bmoney δηναρίων τριακοσίων 1 300 denarii See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [6:37](../06/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MRK 14 5 h62k figs-nominaladj δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor Here, the adjective **poor** is being used as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the money given to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 14 5 k83q figs-explicit δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor The phrase **given to the poor** refers to giving the money which would be made from the sale of the perfumed oil. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 5 kmpd καὶ ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ 1 Alternate translation: “And then they spoke harshly to her because of what she had done”
MRK 14 6 r9wt figs-rquestion τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε 1 Why are you troubling her? With the statement **Why are you causing trouble for her** Jesus is not asking for information, but rather is using the question form here to rebuke the guests who are troubling this woman regarding what she has done for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 6 f4yj figs-abstractnouns ἔργον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you could express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 14 7 tc3j figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor See how you translated the phrase **the poor** in [14:5](../14/05.md). Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 14 9 vr3w ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 14 9 ysc5 figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 wherever the gospel may be preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the one doing it. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 9 ljh1 figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται 1 what she has done will also be spoken of If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the ones doing it. Alternate translation: “my followers will also speak of what she has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 9 u2ar figs-abstractnouns μνημόσυνον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **remembrance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the same idea in another way that is natural in your language.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 14 10 br8z translate-names Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριὼθ 1 See how you translated the name **Judas Iscariot** in [Mark 3:19](../mrk/03/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 14 10 tq5a figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 14 10 z71f figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 so that he might betray him to them **Judas** did not deliver Jesus to the **chief priests** yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 10 hmhr ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to help them arrest Jesus”
MRK 14 10 khvb παραδοῖ 1 See how you translated the phrase **betray** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
MRK 14 10 u2ec writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 11 kzk1 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 But when they heard it It may be helpful to your readers to state explicitly what the chief priests **heard**. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests heard that Judas Iscariot was willing to betray Jesus to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 11 y3s3 ἐχάρησαν 1 Alternate translation: “were very glad”
MRK 14 11 m4il figs-metonymy αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι 1 Mark is speaking figuratively of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 11 f7ek writing-pronouns ἐζήτει 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas Iscariot was seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 11 jrym writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The second occurrence of the pronoun **him** in this verse refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 12 vxax figs-explicit τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [14:1](../14/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “on the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 12 bel5 figs-metonymy φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα 1 you may eat the Passover Jesus’ disciples are using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover** to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 13 suny figs-youdual αὐτοῖς…ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** would both be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
MRK 14 13 cijy καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 Alternate translation: “and you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water”
MRK 14 13 a7xg translate-unknown κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 bearing a pitcher of water Here, **pitcher of water** means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω 1 The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 14 14 yhtm διδάσκαλος 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
MRK 14 14 imqg τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ 1 Alternate translation: “to the owner of that house”
MRK 14 14 q3pn figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 guest room Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 15 jlci translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον 1 In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 15 x3zk figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον 1 make the preparations for us there The word **furnished** is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table and is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 15 k4t7 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, when Jesus says **us**, he is referring to himself and his disciples, including the two he is addressing here, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 14 16 sb35 ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples left Alternate translation: “the two disciples left”
MRK 14 16 wkh9 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Mark is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 17 i1q1 figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he came with the Twelve If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express explicitly where Jesus and his disciples came to. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 17 bheu figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 14 18 cwl8 ἀνακειμένων 1 as they were reclining at table See how you translated the phrase **reclining to eat** in [14:3](../14/03.md).
MRK 14 18 dg95 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 14 18 v5es παραδώσει 1 See how you translated the phrase **betray** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
MRK 14 19 layt writing-pronouns ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι 1 The pronoun **They** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The disciples began to be sorrowful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 19 v3a1 figs-idiom εἷς κατὰ εἷς 1 one by one The phrase **one by one** is an idiom meaning “one at a time.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 19 f13p figs-doublenegatives μήτι 1 Surely not I? The phrase **Surely not** is the ULT’s translation of a negative Greek word that Mark used. The word Mark used to show the disciples response to Jesus statement in the previous verst. It is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 14 20 n1tv figs-nominaladj εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). Alternate translation: “He is one of the twelve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 14 20 htn4 figs-explicit ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον 1 who is dipping with me into the bowl Part of the Passover meal involved dipping bread into a flavored sauce called haroseth sauce. Mark assumes that his readers will know this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “dipping his bread into the bowl with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 21 cif4 figs-123person ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “For I, the Son of Man, am going away just as scripture says about me, but woe to that man by whom I will be betrayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 14 21 h35q Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../2/10.md).
MRK 14 21 q5l3 figs-euphemism ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him Jesus uses the phrase **going away** to refer to his death. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die just as the scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 14 21 hl6z figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here, Mark uses **it is written** to mean that it is prophesied in the Old Testament scriptures. Mark assumes that his readers will understand this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that mark is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 21 b13q figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” did it. Alternate translation: “men inspired by God have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 21 f51n figs-activepassive δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 21 ct78 figs-explicit δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 through whom the Son of Man is being betrayed You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 22 y8j7 ἄρτον 1 bread This was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread**, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal.
MRK 14 22 ne53 translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 The term **bread** refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. See how you translated this term in 9:13. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 22 ukuc figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 22 oqv3 figs-explicit εὐλογήσας 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that the phrase **having blessed it** means that Jesus prayed to God before they ate the bread. Jewish people would have known that at the beginning of the Passover meal the host would begin the meal by praying a prayer praise to God for the bread. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and having prayed and given thanks to God for it” or “and having prayed a prayer of praise to God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 22 ula2 ἔκλασεν 1 he broke it Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
MRK 14 22 amg7 figs-explicit καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 The implication of the phrase **and gave it to them** is that Jesus **gave** the bread to the disciples to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 22 adb2 figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Take this. This is my body See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate the phrase **This is my body**. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 having taken a cup Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 14 23 whqj εὐχαριστήσας 1 Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
MRK 14 24 q5hn figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood which ratifies the covenant, and my blood is being poured out for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 24 nj85 grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 The phrase **of the** introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his **blood**. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his blood is to establish the **covenant**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “This is my which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
MRK 14 24 hs24 figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate the phrase **This is my blood**. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This wine represents my blood which establishes the covenant, and it is my blood which I will pour out for many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine”
MRK 14 24 pt5q figs-activepassive τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 Jesus is referring to the way his **blood** is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 25 i9yk ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 14 25 mxwn figs-doublenegatives ὅτι οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν 1 The phrase **certainly not** and the phrase **any longer** are both negative phrases and therefore this is a double negative. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you can know for certain that the next time I drink wine will be when I drink it new” or “that you can know for certain that I will only drink wine again when I drink it new” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 14 25 t7ai figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 from the fruit of the vine Jesus is referring figuratively to the juice that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the **fruit** or grapes themselves. Wine is made from fermented grape juice. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 25 qyf8 figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας 1 Here, Jesus uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 25 y1pf αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν, ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 new The word **new** could be referring to: (1) Jesus, and therefore would mean “again” or “in a new way.” See the parallel account in [Luke 22:18](../luk/022/18.md) where Jesus seems to mean this. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way in the kingdom of God” or “I drink it anew in the kingdom of God” or “I drink it again when I celebrate the Passover after it is fulfilled when God’s kingdom is consummated” (2) the wine and thus would be referring to drinking a new type or quality of wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine”
MRK 14 25 ue3j figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [1:15](../1/15.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 14 26 l996 translate-unknown ὑμνήσαντες 1 having sung a hymn A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a Psalm from Psalms 113-118 at the end of the Passover meal so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was one of these Psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a Psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 27 pu4s λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
MRK 14 27 lty4 figs-idiom πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 will fall away Here, **fall away** is an idiom meaning “to desert.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You will all leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 27 gkb5 writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here, Mark uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in God’s Word” or “it is written by Zechariah the prophet”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MRK 14 27 jp51 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “Zechariah” did it. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote regarding what would happen to the Messiah and his followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 27 qzzv figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι γέγραπται, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep would be scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 14 27 cv7z figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 Jesus is quoting a prophecy from from Zechariah 13:7 in which the prophet Zechariah speaks metaphorically of the Messiah as if he were a **shepherd** and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were **sheep**. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 14 27 w2az figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 the sheep will be scattered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea behind the phrase **the sheep will be scattered** in another way that is natural in your language. The phrase **the sheep will be scattered** does not necessarily imply that there is someone making the action of scattering happen so try to translate this phrase in a way that simply shows that **the sheep will be scattered** without saying who will make the action happen. Alternate translation: “the sheep will run away in different directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 28 dm1q figs-explicit ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up The phrase **raised up** means to become alive again after having died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 28 qi4g figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 29 op1t figs-explicit πάντες 1 By using the word **all** in this context, the implication is that **Peter** is referring to “all the other disciples.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 29 j961 figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 See how you translated the phrase **fall away** in [14:27](../14/27.md). Alternate translation: “leave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 29 div5 figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐγώ 1 Even if all will fall away, yet not I In the phrase **not I**, Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will not fall away” or “I will not forsake you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 14 30 z2q9 ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 14 30 i4g3 translate-unknown ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 the rooster crows See how you translated the similar phrase “rooster crowing” in [13:35](../13/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 31 z9le figs-explicit ὡσαύτως…καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον 1 they all also were speaking in the same manner The phrase **they all also were speaking in the same manner** means that all of the disciples were saying the same thing that Peter said. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 32 deg7 writing-pronouns ἔρχονται 1 they come to a place The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 32 ni66 figs-go ἔρχονται 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **come** or “came” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 14 34 eyw3 figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is By using the phrase **my soul** Jesus is speaking figuratively of his entire self by referring to one part of himself, his **soul**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 14 34 krj1 figs-abstractnouns ψυχή μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you could express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 14 34 ic1g figs-hyperbole ἕως θανάτου 1 even to the point of death Jesus is using the phrase **even unto death** to describe the extent of his grief. Jesus is exaggerating in order to show the depth of the distress and sorrow that he feels. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow or you can turn the phrase **even unto death** into a simile as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “I feel so much grief that it makes me feel like I am near death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 14 35 nk8l figs-explicit εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν 1 if it is possible Alternate translation: “if possible”
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-idiom παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 35 gj74 figs-metonymy παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, Jesus is figuratively referring to the events that would take place during the upcoming **hour** as if they were the **hour** itself. Because Jesus is figuratively associating the upcoming events with the time of the events themselves; by asking that **the hour might pass**, Jesus is actually asking that the events themselves would not happen. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the upcoming events would pass from him” or “he would not have to experience the upcoming things which he was going to have to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 36 c11w translate-transliterate Ἀββά 1 Abba **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers who did not know Aramaic. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Mark does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 14 36 t9r2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metaphor παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 14 36 s1r5 figs-imperative παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The statement **Remove this cup from me** is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MRK 14 37 ja6d writing-pronouns εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 finds them sleeping The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would help your readers you could indicate that in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “finds the three disciples sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι? 1 Simon, are you asleep? Were you not able to stay alert for one hour? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke **Peter** for falling asleep. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 38 hi36 figs-abstractnouns προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “pray, so that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-explicit προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation The implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 38 c1je figs-metonymy τὸ…πνεῦμα 1 The spirit … the flesh Jesus is figuratively describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated **spirit** in [2:8](../02/08.md) where **spirit** is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 38 djxc figs-abstractnouns τὸ…πνεῦμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **spirit**, you could express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 14 38 gt2n figs-ellipsis πρόθυμον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what makes God happy” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 14 38 b909 ἡ…σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 Here, the word **flesh** could: (1) include the meaning of both 2 and 3 and therefore **flesh** would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your spiritual strength is weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak”
MRK 14 39 l9nj τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών 1 having said the same thing Alternate translation: “and said the same thing he had prayed the first time”
MRK 14 40 zkb2 grammar-connect-logic-result εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the three disciples eyes were weighed down, he found them sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 14 40 bgyj writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would help your readers, you could say the meaning meaning in a way that would make that clear in your language. Alternate translation: “the three disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 40 vwlx grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** indicates that what follows is the reason that Jesus found the disciples sleeping. Use a natural way in your language to show this connection. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
MRK 14 40 ht2p figs-idiom ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 for their eyes were weighed down The phrase **their eyes were weighed down** is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 40 hayg figs-activepassive ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for tiredness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” “because their sleepiness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 41 x7qd translate-ordinal ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον 1 he comes the third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the third time** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he comes yet again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 14 41 jo0t writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would help your readers, you could say the meaning meaning in a way that would make that clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to his three disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 41 lw7w figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε 1 Are you still sleeping and resting? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke his disciples for falling asleep and resting. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 41 wxmq figs-rquestion ἀπέχει 1 The phrase **It is enough** could: (1) be referring to sleep and mean “It is enough sleep.” Alternate translation: “It is enough sleep” or “That is enough sleep” (2) be translated as “Is it far off” and be referring to the **hour**. If this is the case then Jesus is asking a rhetorical question, “Is it far off” and then answering it in the following sentence when he says **The hour has come**. Alternate translation: “Is the hour far off?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 41 ae53 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 The hour has come See how you translated the term **hour** in [13:11](../13/11.md) where it is used with the same figurative sense. Alternate translation: “The time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 41 msb2 figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is an exclamation word that communicates that the listeners should pay attention. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MRK 14 41 khqg ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
MRK 14 41 h5u5 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 14 41 eg9m figs-activepassive παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man is being betrayed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is about to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 41 uyzf παραδίδοται 1 See how you translated the word **betrayed** in [3:19](../03/19.md), where it used with the meaning as here.
MRK 14 41 mcns figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. See how you translated **hands** in [9:31](../09/31.md) where it is used with the same figurative sense. Alternate translation: “into the control of sinners” or “into the custody of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 42 ruj7 figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated the word **Behold** in [14:41](../14/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MRK 14 42 vkzb ὁ 1 Alternate translation: “the person”
MRK 14 42 qmm4 παραδιδούς 1 See how you translated the word **betrayed** in [3:19](../03/19.md), where it used with a similar meaning as the word **betraying** here.
MRK 14 43 ytk9 grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθὺς 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential)
MRK 14 43 nz4t figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 14 44 r9cp writing-background δεδώκει δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν σύσσημον αὐτοῖς λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπάγετε ἀσφαλῶς 1 General Information: Mark provides this background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus for the purpose of helping his readers understand what happens next. Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce the background information which he gives in the rest of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas, who was going to betray Jesus, gave this sign to those who were going to arrest Jesus. Judas said, “Whomever I may kiss, he it is. Seize him and lead him away securely”” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 14 44 bvwx writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 44 bzj2 figs-explicit ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 And his betrayer The phrase **his betrayer** refers to Judas. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 44 lsh3 figs-explicit αὐτός ἐστιν 1 he it is The phrase **he it is** refers to the man that Judas was going to identify, Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the one you should arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 45 qjh9 figs-go προσελθὼν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went up” or “having went to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]
MRK 14 45 tpd4 Ῥαββεί 1 he kissed him See how you translated the title **Rabbi** in [9:5](../09/05.md).
MRK 14 46 gszh figs-idiom ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 Here, **laid hands on** is an idiom which means to take hold of a person and take them into custody. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of Jesus and seized him in order to bring him into custody” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 46 y5qv figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on him and seized him The phrases, **laid hands on him** and **seized him** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 14 47 m6b9 τῶν 1 of those standing by Alternate translation: “of the people who were”
MRK 14 48 gv6e ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 answering, Jesus said to them Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd”
MRK 14 48 eq25 figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Did you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to seize me? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as an emphatic way to rebuke the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 48 djp0 figs-go ἐξήλθατε 1 Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Did you go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 14 49 my05 figs-synecdoche 1 Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so by saying **the temple** Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 14 49 t9d8 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαί 1 Jesus’ words **But so that the Scriptures might be fulfilled** could: (1) be an ellipsis. If this is the case then Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words. Matthew, in his parallel account in [Matt 26:56](../mat/26/56.md), supplies the words “all this has happened” between the words **But** and **so that**, so if this is an ellipsis these are the words that should be supplied. Alternate translation: “But all this has happened so that the Scriptures might be fulfilled” or “But, so that the Scriptures might be fulfilled, all this has happened ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) (2) instead be translated with an imperatival meaning as “But let the Scriptures be fulfilled.” Alternate translation: “But let the Scriptures be fulfilled”
MRK 14 49 d8wh figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus implies that both God and sinful humans are acting to fulfill Scripture. God is intentionally acting to fulfill Scripture by leading Jesus to be willing to die and not flee from those trying to kill him and sinful humans are also acting to fulfill Scripture even though they do not know that they are fulfilling what God had predicted in the Old Testament would happen to the Messiah. Because of this, if you must state who did the action, it would be best to translate this in a way that includes both or allows for both. Alternate translation: “God might fulfill through the acts of sinful men what has been predicted in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 50 pk0i writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 50 gqz8 figs-explicit ἔφυγον πάντες 1 they all ran away The phrase **they all** refers to Jesus’ 12 disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all Jesus’ disciples ran away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 51 y5yt translate-unknown σινδόνα 1 a linen garment The term **linen** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a garment made of fine cloth” or “a garment made of good cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 51 nag4 κρατοῦσιν αὐτόν 1 they seize him Alternate translation: “the men seized that man”
MRK 14 53 ze1s figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what the phrase “they led Jesus away” means. Alternate translation: “they led Jesus away from the place where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 54 bzg7 writing-background καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 Now Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed Jesus, staying some distance away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 14 54 l5gl figs-explicit ὁ Πέτρος ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ, ἕως 1 as far as into the courtyard of the high priest If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why Peter **followed** Jesus **from a distance**. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Peter followed Jesus, staying some distance away so that he would not be recognized and arrested himself. He followed as far as …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 55 w23n grammar-connect-words-phrases οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ὅλον τὸ Συνέδριον 1 Now The word **Now** indicates that Mark is transitioning subjects and is now making **the chief priest** and the **Sanhedrin** the subject of the story instead of Peter. Use a natural way in your language for indicating this change in subjects. Alternate translation: “Now the men who were the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
MRK 14 55 wlp4 figs-explicit ἐζήτουν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαρτυρίαν, εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 The phrase **seeking testimony against** means that the chief priests and the Sanhedrin was seeking evidence against Jesus that they could bring to the Roman authorities and use it to accuse Jesus with. This was not an official trial. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were looking for evidence against Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 55 xp1q figs-abstractnouns μαρτυρίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 14 55 yew5 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb form such as “kill” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 14 56 jpc7 ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 their testimony was not the same This can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other”
MRK 14 56 quw1 figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but what they said against Jesus was not the same” or “but when they testified against Jesus they contradicted each other” or “but when they testified against Jesus they were not consistent with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 14 57 vulz 1 See how you translated the word “testifying” in [14:56](../14/56.md).
MRK 14 58 nbvu figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, ὅτι ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, τὸν χειροποίητον, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “We heard him saying that he will destroy this temple made with hands, and in three days will build another made without hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 14 58 f82e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 We heard him saying The pronoun **We** refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. If your language requires you to mark such forms **We** would be exclusive here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον…ἀχειροποίητον 1 made with hands … made without hands Here, Jesus uses **hands** figuratively to mean **men**. Jesus uses one part of a person to refer to the entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without man’s help” or “built by men … which will be built without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 14 58 hm5e figs-ellipsis ἄλλον 1 I will build another By saying **another** Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word “temple” from the context as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 14 58 v4ny figs-extrainfo ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω 1 By saying **another made without hands** Jesus is referring to his body which God would bring back to life after **three days**. Because this is a direct quote of something that Jesus said you should keep this information implicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 14 59 atbz figs-abstractnouns 1 See how you translated the word **testimony** in [14:56](../14/56.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 14 60 d7i8 καταμαρτυροῦσιν 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word “testifying” in [14:56](../14/56.md).
MRK 14 61 pwtw figs-nominaladj ὁ…ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a single negative statement with only one negative since **silent** and **did not answer** both mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “every word will be possible for God” or “God is able to do anything that he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 14 61 p8b5 figs-doublet ὁ…ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν 1 The phrases **he was silent** and the phrase **did not answer** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not respond to any of the false accusations that were being made against him. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he did not reply to anything that was said against him at all” or “Jesus did not reply to a single thing that was said against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 14 61 o27t ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 the Son of the Blessed One Here, the title **the Blessed One** is a way of referring to God so when the **high priest** asks Jesus if he is **the Son of the Blessed One** he is asking Jesus if he is “the Son of God.”
MRK 14 62 c212 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **the Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
MRK 14 62 yhhk figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 14 62 d5qm translate-symaction ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of power To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation or you could use plain language to express what **sitting at the right hand** of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the all-powerful God” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of power By using the phrase **of power** Jesus is figuratively referring to God by association with his **power**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture that expresses power or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” or “sitting at the right hand of God who is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 63 jz48 translate-symaction διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ 1 having torn his garments In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic action which a person would do in order to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation or you could use plain language to express what tearing ones clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 14 63 afd3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 What need do we still have of witnesses? By saying **What need do we still have of witnesses** the high priest is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 64 zwf9 figs-explicit ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας 1 You heard the blasphemy This refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 64 fu4g figs-abstractnouns ἔνοχον εἶναι θανάτου 1 they all If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and said he deserved to be executed”
MRK 14 65 y1s4 ἤρξαντό τινες 1 certain ones began Alternate translation: “some of those present” or “some of the people there”
MRK 14 65 d56t translate-unknown περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον 1 A **blindfold** is a thick cloth that people tie around the middle of a person’s head to cover the eyes and prevent that person from seeing. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could explain it with a general expression. Alternate translation: “to cover his eyes so that he could not see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 65 gvq3 figs-explicit προφήτευσον 1 Prophesy The implication is that God would have to tell Jesus who struck him, since Jesus had his eyes covered and could not see who was striking him. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Prophesy and tell us who hit you” or “Speak words from God and tell us who hit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 65 dg7u figs-irony προφήτευσον 1 The guards did not believe that Jesus was a real prophet and could **Prophesy**. When they asked Jesus to **Prophesy**, they were asking him to do something they believe he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to **Prophesy** in order to mock him. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet and prophesy” or “Prophesy if you really are a prophet” or “Prophesy and tell us who hit you if you really are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 14 65 y68i οἱ ὑπηρέται 1 the officers Alternate translation: the men who guarded the governor’s house
MRK 14 68 l5i1 figs-doublet οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις 1 denied it The phrase **Neither have I known** and the phrase **nor do I understand what you are saying** mean basically the same thing. Peter is using the repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I surely do not know what you are talking about” or “I have no idea what you are talking about” or “I know nothing about this man from Nazareth that you are speaking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 14 69 v5kr writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 This one is from among them The pronoun **them** refers to Jesus and his disciples. If it would help your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 70 qjgs writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated the phrase **from among them** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 14 71 ce6r figs-explicit ἀναθεματίζειν 1 to curse Here, the phrase **to curse** means “to invoke a curse from God upon oneself.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to invoke God’s curse upon himself if what he was saying was not true” “to ask God to curse him if what he was saying was false” or “to invoke God’s destruction upon himself if what he was saying was false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 71 vihe figs-explicit ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον, ὃν λέγετε 1 Here, the phrase **to swear** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making and oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 72 i7u2 translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν…ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 immediately a rooster crowed See how you translated the similar phrase in [13:35](../13/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 72 ja3e translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **a second time** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 14 72 cfno figs-metonymy ῥῆμα 1 Mark is using the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 72 trxc τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
MRK 14 72 zr4p figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν, ἔκλαιεν 1 having broken down The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **having broken down** could (1) be an idiom idiom which means that Peter became overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having become overwhelmed with grief” or “having lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (2) also be translated as “having thought of it” or “having reflected on it.” Alternate translation: “having thought of it, he was weeping” or “having reflected on it, he was weeping” or “having thought about what he had just done, he was weeping” (3) also be translated as “he began” Alternate translation: “he began weeping” or “he started crying”
MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”\n\n\nThe curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “purple robe” on him and placed a “crown of thorns” on his head (See Mark 15:17) and said, “Hail, King of the Jews” (See Mark 15:18) and bent their knees and bowed down to him (See Mark 15:19) because these actions were symbolic of things that people would do to a king but they did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by “striking his head with a staff and spitting on him” (See Mark 15:19) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### Golgotha\n\nThe word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n\n### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?\n\nThis is an Aramaic phrase. Mark transliterates the sounds of this phrase by writing them using Greek letters. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 15 1 xz7c figs-explicit δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν 1 having bound Jesus, led him away The Jewish religious leaders commanded for Jesus to be **bound** but did not bind him themselves. It would have been the guards who actually bound Jesus and **led him away**. If it would help your readers you could indicate this in your translation as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then the guards bound him and led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 1 v2yf παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 handed him over to Pilate Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate”
MRK 15 2 kn7i figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει 1 Together the two words **answering** and **says** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
MRK 15 2 dh6n figs-idiom σὺ λέγεις 1 You say so **You say so** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 15 3 b9sj grammar-connect-time-background καὶ κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the chief priests were accusing Jesus of many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 15 3 ue18 κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά 1 were accusing him of many things Alternate translation: “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things”
MRK 15 4 s2as οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? 1 Do you not answer at all? Alternate translation: “Are you not going to respond to anything they have said?”
MRK 15 5 way9 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη 1 so that Pilate was amazed Alternate translation: “But Jesus made no further reply”
MRK 15 6 ul19 writing-background κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν, ἀπέλυεν αὐτοῖς ἕνα δέσμιον, ὃν παρῃτοῦντο 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line as Mark shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts. Mark is providing background information in this verse to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “It was Pilate’s custom to release to them a prisoner of their choice during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 7 pdy3 writing-background δὲ 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse and to introduce background information about Barabbas to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 7 lx8n figs-activepassive λεγόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by the name of” or “named” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 7 wvzq figs-activepassive δεδεμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “the Roman authorities” had soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “whom the Roman authorities ordered to be bound and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 7 iofn figs-abstractnouns φόνον πεποιήκεισαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **murder**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 15 8 a4xb figs-go ἀναβὰς 1 to request of him just as he usually did for them Your language may say “went up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 15 9 o3j4 figs-hendiadys ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς λέγων 1 When translating the phrase **answered them, saying** see how you translated the similar phrase “answering him says” in [15:2](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
MRK 15 10 i4ib writing-background ἐγίνωσκεν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 For he knew that the chief priests had handed him over because of envy Mark provides this background information about why Jesus was **handed over** in order to help readers understand why Pilate asked the question in [15:9](../15/09.md). Mark introduces the background information in this verse with the word **For**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 10 u647 figs-explicit διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 the chief priests had handed him over because of envy The **chief priests** envied Jesus because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. If you decide to express this information explicitly consider beginning a new sentence. Alternate translation: “the chief priests were envious of Jesus because so many people were becoming his disciples. Pilate knew that this was why they had handed him over” or “the chief priests were envious of Jesus’ popularity among the people. This is why they had handed him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 10 yjp3 παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “had delivered him over”
MRK 15 11 y5w3 figs-metaphor ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the crowd Mark speaks figuratively of the **chief priests** as if they had **stirred** a pot and put in motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. Mark means that the **high priests** encouraged the crowd to ask Pilate to release Barabbas. If your readers would not understand what **stirred up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “encouraged the crowd” or “incited the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 15 11 pvu6 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 he would release Barabbas to them instead The phrase **so that** introduces what the **chief priests stirred up the crowd** to request of Pilate. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
MRK 15 12 keq2 figs-hendiadys Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the similar statement in [15:9](../15/09.md). Alternate translation: “Pilate responded again to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
MRK 15 12 p94y πάλιν 1 Mark uses the word **again** here because Pilate had already spoken to them regarding this matter in [15:9](../15/09.md). Use a natural form in your language for expressing the meaning of **again** as it is used here, as modeled by the UST.
MRK 15 12 vlm3 figs-explicit τί οὖν ποιήσω λέγετε τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων? 1 What therefore should I do to the one you call the King of the Jews? Pilate uses the word **therefore** because, as [15:11](../15/11.md) indicates, the chief priests had “stirred stirred up the crowd” to request that Pilate “release Barabbas” to them so Pilate is asking what he should **therefore** do with Jesus as a result. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I release Barabbas, what then should I do to the one you call the King of the Jews?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 12 r7ge οὖν 1 Alternate translation: “then”
MRK 15 13 n6jb translate-unknown σταύρωσον αὐτόν 1 The Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **Crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 15 13 nwms figs-imperative σταύρωσον αὐτόν 1 Here, the word **Crucify** is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate the phrase **Crucify him** as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MRK 15 14 e55i ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 But Pilate was saying to them See how you translated the phrase **Crucify him** in [15:13](../15/13.md).
MRK 15 15 qt8y τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι 1 to do what was pleasing to the crowd “to make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do”
MRK 15 15 fwg6 figs-explicit τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 Jesus, having flogged him Mark assumes that his readers will know that Pilate did not actually flog **Jesus**, but rather he ordered his soldiers to do it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 15 yzn5 translate-unknown φραγελλώσας 1 having flogged him Flogging was a Roman penalty in which a person was whipped with a whip containing attached pieces of bone and metal. If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip with pieces of bone and metal attached to it” or “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which was attached pieces of bone and metal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 15 15 w1sl grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. With the phrase **so that he might be crucified•• Mark is stating the purpose for which Pilate**handed over Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and after having Jesus flogged, he handed over Jesus to them in order that they might crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
MRK 15 15 r9id figs-activepassive σταυρωθῇ 1 handed over Jesus, having flogged him, so that he might be crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “his soldiers might take him away and crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 16 eg6x writing-background ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον 1 the palace (that is, the Praetorium) Mark provides this background information describing **the palace** to help his readers understand what exactly he means by using the word **palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which is, the Praetorium” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 16 lb2x figs-explicit πραιτώριον 1 The **Praetorium** was where the Roman governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the soldiers in Jerusalem lived. Mark assumes that his readers will know what the **Praetorium** is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the palace where the governor and his soldiers lived” or “the Roman governor’s residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 16 b5gs figs-explicit ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole cohort of soldiers Mark assumes that his readers will know that a **cohort** was a Roman unit of soldiers. A **cohort** normally numbered around 600 men but could sometimes refer to a number as small as 200 men. Here, by saying **the whole cohort**, Mark most likely means all the soldiers from the **cohort** who were on duty at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that a **cohort** was a Roman unit of soldiers. Additionally, you could also say explicitly that it was only the soldiers who were on duty who were called together as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the whole unit of soldiers” or “the whole unit of soldiers who were on duty there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 17 tn33 figs-explicit ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 They put a purple robe on him In Roman culture, a **purple robe** and a **crown** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from **thorns** and a **purple robe** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. It may be helpful to your readers to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “they put a purple robe on him and placed a crown on his head that they had made by twisting thorns together. They did these things in order order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 17 ly5a translate-unknown πορφύραν 1 The word **purple** denotes a color. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the color **purple** you could use the closest equivalent color that your readers would be familiar with such as “crimson” or “scarlet” (“crimson” and “scarlet” are two different names for the same color) since Matthew records in [Matt 27:28](../mat/27/28.md) that the color of the robe was “scarlet.” The fact that Matthew and Mark use a different color to describe the color of the same robe probably means that its color closely resembled both “scarlet” and **purple**. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these colors you could use the closest equivalent color that they would be familiar with such as “red” or “dark red.” Alternate translation: “dark red” or “red” or “crimson” or “scarlet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 15 17 xfk8 figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 a crown of thorns Mark uses **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If it would help your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a crown twisted together from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 15 18 ft1j figs-irony ἀσπάζεσθαι αὐτόν, Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this might confuse your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “to salute him by saying in a mocking manner: ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 15 19 gz3b figs-irony καλάμῳ, καὶ 1 a reed Matthew records in [Matt 27:19](../mat/27/19.md) that the soldiers placed a **reed** in Jesus’ “right hand” and that “they mocked him” by saying, “Hail, King of the Jews!” At this time in history kings used scepters which would have resembled a ••reed•• so the soldiers are using a **reed** here as a pretend scepter in order to mock Jesus. If it would help your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “with a reed that they were using as a pretend scepter, and they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 15 19 muvw translate-symaction ἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ 1 The action of **spitting on** someone was an expression of strong disgust in this culture. It was a way of acting out strong contempt for someone. If your readers would not understand the meaning of **spitting on** someone in this context and there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in place of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 15 19 a8a9 figs-irony τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα, προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ 1 They knelt down The act of **bending the knee** and **bowing down** was something that was done as a way of honoring kings at this time. The soldiers actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their actions. The soldiers do not really believe that Jesus is a king but rather they are doing these things as an expression of mockery. If this might confuse your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Also see the discussion about this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “bending the knee, they were bowing down to him in order to mock him”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 15 20 styv πορφύραν 1 See how you translated the word **purple** in [15:17](../15/17.md).
MRK 15 20 euk7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus was **lead out**, namely that **they might crucify him**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
MRK 15 20 dp33 ἐξάγουσιν αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “then they led him out of the city” or “required Jesus to carry his cross and then led Jesus out of the city” or “made Jesus carry his cross and led Jesus out of the city”
MRK 15 21 cj4l ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 they forced him to carry his cross According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
MRK 15 21 s4j3 ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 from the country Alternate translation: “from outside the city”
MRK 15 21 rtz2 translate-names Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου 1 Simon … Alexander … Rufus The words **Simon**, **Alexander**, and **Rufus** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 21 n1oz figs-go ἐρχόμενον 1 Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 15 21 cyn6 writing-background τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου 1 they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene (the father of Alexander and Rufus), coming from the country The phrase **the father of Alexander and Rufus** is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 21 d3i2 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which **they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene**, namely **so that** they could require him to **carry** Jesus’ **cross**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
MRK 15 22 w6c7 translate-transliterate Γολγοθᾶν, τόπον ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπος 1 Connecting Statement: The word **Golgotha** is an Aramaic word. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant **Place of a Skull**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 15 22 e49p figs-extrainfo Γολγοθᾶν…Κρανίου Τόπος 1 Place of a Skull Matthew says in [Matt 27:33](../mat/27/33.md) that **Golgotha** was “a place called Golgotha” so it is clear that this was the name of a location, but the reason why this place was called **Place of a Skull** is not known. It could have been called **Place of a Skull** because the appearance of this place resembled a skull or because it was the site of so many executions, in which case the name **Skull** is being used as metonymy to refer to death. Because the reason that this location was called **Place of a Skull** is unknown you should translate this phrase in a way that allows for either meaning as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 15 22 m1dd figs-activepassive ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 of a Skull If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 23 e9xd figs-explicit ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον 1 wine having been mixed with myrrh If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that **myrrh** was a pain relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a pain relieving medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain relieving drug called myrrh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 23 ld7e figs-activepassive ἐσμυρνισμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 23 r0xy grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that Jesus would **drink** the **wine mixed with myrrh**. Instead, Jesus refused to **drink it**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MRK 15 24 s5m6 translate-unknown βάλλοντες κλῆρον ἐπ’ αὐτὰ 1 The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could state that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and the Roman soldiers gambled for them to determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 15 25 dzbr writing-background δὲ 1 Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce the background information of the time of day that it was when Jesus was crucified. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 25 q1ze translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη 1 the third hour The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a twelve hour time period and the night into a twelve hour period. Here the phrase **the third hour** refers to **the third hour** of the day, which was approximately three hours after sunrise. Here, **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers you can translate the phrase **the third hour** as “nine o’clock in the morning”, as modeled by the UST, since this is what time the phrase **the third hour** is referring to. Alternately, you could express the meaning of the phrase **the third hour** in some other way that is natural in your culture. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 15 26 k1ku ἐπιγραφὴ 1 Alternate translation: “notice”
MRK 15 26 b84a τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη 1 of the charge having been written against him Alternate translation: “of the crime they were accusing him of doing”
MRK 15 26 cbx4 ἐπιγεγραμμένη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 26 c0zf ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated the phrase “the King of the Jews” in [15:2](../15/02.md).
MRK 15 27 mgf3 ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ 1 one on his right, and one on his left Alternate translation: “one robber on his right side and one robber on his left side” or “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him”
MRK 15 28 itjz figs-activepassive Καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ λέγουσα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “And by crucifying him with robbers they fulfilled the scripture that says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 28 d5g8 figs-activepassive Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “And he was reckoned by God and by people as being with the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 29 v8nu translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads The people’s action of **shaking their heads** at Jesus showed that their disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If your readers would not understand what it means to shake one's head at someone in this context and there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 15 29 a7ft figs-exclamations οὐὰ 1 Aha! **Aha** is an exclamation word that communicates triumph, usually over an enemy. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Take that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MRK 15 29 hy37 figs-explicit ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 The one destroying the temple and rebuilding it in three days The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 31 d5se ἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους 1 mocking him to each other Alternate translation: “were saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves”
MRK 15 31 n13x figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 In the same way Here the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 15 31 o9qv figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved others** by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 32 t1vm figs-irony ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω 1 Let the Christ, the King of Israel, come down Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus is **the Christ, the King of Israel**. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the Christ and the King of the Israelites. So let him come down” or “If he really is the Christ and the King of the Israelite people, he should come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 15 32 q5qv grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμεν 1 The Jewish leaders are using a hypothetical situation, since they do not believe that Jesus actually has the power to come down from the cross. If if would help your readers you can indicate plainly that the Jewish leaders are using this as a hypothetical situation. Use whatever form in your language would be most natural to communicate this. Alternate translation: “If he really is the Christ, the King of Israel, let him come down now from the cross. Then we will see and believe that he is the Christ and the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MRK 15 32 f8yw grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which they said that Jesus should **come down now from the cross**, which was in order that **they might see and might believe**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
MRK 15 32 r6c4 figs-explicit πιστεύσωμεν 1 might believe The phrase **might believe** means to believe in Jesus. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 32 dcb9 figs-activepassive συνεσταυρωμένοι 1 were taunting If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in [15:20](../15/20.md) that “soldiers” are the ones who are crucifying Jesus and the two other men. Alternate translation: “who the soldiers had crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 33 q1gh translate-ordinal ὥρας ἕκτης 1 the sixth hour The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a twelve hour time period and the night into a twelve hour period. Here, the phrase **the sixth hour** refers to the sixth hour of the day, often called “twelve o'clock”, or “noon” in some parts of the world. The **the sixth hour** of the day was approximately six hours after sunrise. The term **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers you can translate the phrase **the sixth hour** as “noon”, as modeled by the UST, or as “twelve o'clock.” Alternately, you could translate it in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “the hour of twelve o'clock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 15 33 m67d translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 The phrase **the ninth hour** refers to “three o'clock in the afternoon”, approximately nine hours after sunrise. The term **ninth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers you can translate the phrase **the ninth hour** as “three o’clock in the afternoon,” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md), and the phrase **the sixth hour** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “until three hours after noon” or “for three hours” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 15 33 jvf0 figs-go ἐγένετο 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 15 34 r6tj translate-ordinal τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 at the ninth hour See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md). [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 15 34 azt0 figs-idiom ἐβόησεν…φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 The expression **cried out with a loud voice** is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you can spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 15 34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md).
MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 37 xkpk figs-idiom ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 15 37 puak figs-explicit ἐξέπνευσεν 1 The phrase **breathed his last** means that Jesus “died.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 38 sk3r translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 15 38 t71k figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to **the curtain** that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the **temple**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md).
MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly”
MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 15 40 gkgi translate-versebridge ἐν αἷς καὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη 1 If it would be more natural in your language to first give background information about these women before listing individual names, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to the end of verse 41. You would then present the combined verses as 40-41, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ…ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers know which **Mary** he is referring to here in each case since Mary was a very common name at this time and because he refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse and he wants his readers to be able to know which Mary he is referring to in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here, to distinguish him from other men named **James**, such as the two disciples of Jesus’ with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem Mark uses the statement **who, when he was in Galilee, were following him and serving him** to give his readers background information about the relationship that the three women mentioned in [15:40](../15/40.md) had with Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 41 a3qk figs-go αἱ συναναβᾶσαι 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “went up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had went up with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 15 42 ekbl translate-versebridge ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 If it would be more natural in your language to introduce Joseph of Arimathea and what he did, before giving the reason for what he did, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to verse 43 and taking the information about Joseph of Arimathea from verse 43 and placing it after the phrase **And when evening had already come** in this verse. You would then present the combined verses as 42-43, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 Connecting Statement: Mark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22-23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening had already come** and the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate Mark puts the phrase **having come** after he gives the background information about Joseph in order to provide emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body and why Pilate might have granted his request. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus The reason that **Joseph** asked Pilate **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 44 f484 κεντυρίωνα 1 See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md).
MRK 15 45 z3gl κεντυρίωνος 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md).
MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph See how you translated the name **Joseph** in [15:43](../15/43.md).
MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth See how you translated the term **linen** in [14:51](../14/51.md).
MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone Mark assumes that his readers will know that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him, took Jesus’ body down, wrapped him in the linen cloth, and laid him in a tomb that was cut from a rock. And they rolled a stone against the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that a “person” or several “people” had cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses See how you translated the name **Joses** in [6:3](../06/03.md). This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus mentioned in [6:3](../06/03.md), though they share the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 47 jvz4 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος 1 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother of” in [15:40](../15/40.md).
MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can state it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### A young man dressed in a white robe<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
MRK 16 1 p61n figs-explicit διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed By using the phrase **the Sabbath having passed**, Mark is explaining that the Jewish day of rest, called the **Sabbath**, had ended and that it was now permissible, according to Jewish law, for these women to buy spices. The phrase **the Sabbath having passed** does not mean that the actual day on which the **Sabbath** occurred was over. The Jewish **Sabbath** ended at sunset on Saturday evening. If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the sun had set on Saturday evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 16 1 cw1b translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ  1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 16 1 fm8u Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md).
MRK 16 1 nmvs translate-names Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name **Salome** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The women **bought spices** for the purpose of anointing Jesus’ body with them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter.You should translate the phrase **young man** as it appears in in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 16 6 mo0d ἐκθαμβεῖσθε 1 See how you translated the word **alarmed** in [16:05](../16/05.md).
MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 16 7 x3u1 figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 16 8 dlji figs-go ἐξελθοῦσαι 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])\n
MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “amazed”. Alternate translation: “for they were greatly amazed and trembled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 16 8 bdgb figs-idiom εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 Here, the word **gipping** is an idiom means “to over come.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or for they were overcome with trembling and amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 16 8 ydb0 καὶ οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον 1 Alternate translation: “And they told no one anything”
MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink